Prakrit Grammar and Composition

Author(s): Kamalchand Sogani
Publisher: Apbhramsa Sahitya Academy
Catalog link: https://jainqq.org/explore/006532/1

Page #1
Praklta Grammar and Composition (English Translation of the Author's Book in Hindi 'Prakta Racana Saurabha') Dr. Kamal Chand Sogani TORRE E vyrat jainavidyA saMsthAna zrI mahAvIrajI Apabhramsa Sahitya Academy Jaina Vidya Samsthana Digambara Jaina Atisaya Ksetra Sri Mahaviraji Rajasthan in Education International

Page #2
Praksta Grammar and Composition (English Translation of the Author's Book in Hindi 'Prakrta Racana Saurabha') Dr. Kamal Chand Sogani (Former Professor of Philosophy M.L. Sukhadia University Udaipur) S. jANujjAyA jainavidhA saMsthAna zrI mahAvIrajI Apabhraisa Sahitya Academy Jaina Vidya Samsthana Digambara Jaina Atisaya Ksetra Sri Mahaviraji Rajasthan *

Page #3
Publisher: Apabhramsa Sahitya Academy (Jaina Vidya Samsthana) Digambara Jaina Atisaya Ksetra Sri Mahaviraji Sri Mahaviraji - 322 220 (Rajasthan) Copies From: 1. 2. Jaina Vidya Samsthana Sri Mahaviraji - 322 220 (Rajasthan) Telephone: 07469-2224323 Sahitya Vikraya Kendra Digambara Jaina Nasiyam Bhattarakaji Savai Ramasimha Road, Jaipur - 302 004 Tel.: 0141-2385247 All rights reserved First Edition : 2006 Price: Rs.450/- US$ 20 Computer Typesetting: Shyam Agarwal A-336, Malviya Nagar, Jaipur 302 017 (Rajasthan) Ph.: 0141-2524138 Printed at: Jaipur Printers Pvt. Ltd. M.I. Road, Jaipur - 302 001 Telephone: 0141-2373822, 2362468 ...

Page #4
Table of Contents Lesson No. Subject Page No. Lesson - 1 Lesson - 2 Lesson - 3 Lesson - 4 Prelusive Dedication Introduction Pronoun First Person Singular Number Present Tense Pronoun Second Person Singular Number Present Tense Pronoun Third Person Singular Number Present Tense Pronoun-Singular Non-a-ending Verbs Present Tense Pronoun First Person Plural Number Present Tense Pronoun Second Person Plural Number Present Tense Pronoun Third Person Plural Number Present Tense Pronoun-Plural Non-a-ending Verbs Present Tense Pronoun First Person Singular Number Imperative Lesson - 5 * Lesson - 6 Lesson - 7 Lesson - 8 11 Lesson - 9 14 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #5
Lesson No. Subject Page No. Lesson - 10 15 Lesson - 11 17 Lesson - 12 18 Lesson - 13 20 Lesson - 14 21 Lesson - 15 23 Pronoun Second Person Singular Number Imperative Pronoun Third Person Singular Number Imperative Pronoun-Singular Non-a-ending Verbs Imperative Pronoun First Person Plural Number Imperative Pronoun Second Person Plural Number Imperative Pronoun Third Person Plural Number Imperative Pronoun-Plural Non-a-ending Verbs Imperative Pronoun-Singular and Plural Past Tense Pronoun-Singular and Plural Non-a-ending Verbs Past Tense Pronoun First Person Singular Number Future Tense Pronoun Second Person Singular Number Future Tense Lesson - 16 25 Lesson - 17 28 Lesson - 18 30 Lesson - 19 32 Lesson - 20 34 Lesson - 21 36 Pronoun Third Person Singular Number Future Tense Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #6
Lesson No. Lesson - 22 Lesson - 23 Lesson - 24 Lesson - 25 Lesson - 26 Lesson - 27 Lesson - 28 Lesson - 29 Lesson - 30 Lesson - 31 Lesson - 32 Lesson - 33 Lesson - 34 Lesson - 35 Lesson - 36 Lesson - 37 Subject Pronoun-Singular Non-a-ending Verbs Future Tense Pronoun First Person Plural Number Future Tense Pronoun Second Person Plural Number Future Tense Pronoun Third Person Plural Number Future Tense Pronoun-Plural Non-a-ending Verbs Future Tense Exercises Absolutive Infinitive Nouns and Verbs a-ending Nouns Masculine Intransitive Verbs a-ending Nouns Masculine Nominative Case Singular Number a-ending Nouns Masculine Nominative Case Plural Number Exercises Nouns and Verbs a-ending Nouns Neuter Intransitive Verbs a-ending Nouns Neuter Nominative Case Singular Number a-ending Nouns Neuter Nominative Case Plural Number Exercises Prakrta Grammar and Composition Page No. 38 40 42 44 46 49 53 56 58 60 62 64 67 69 71 73

Page #7
Lesson No. Subject Page No. Lesson - 38 74 Lesson - 39 76 Lesson - 40 78 80 Lesson - 41 Lesson - 42 81 Lesson - 43 Lesson - 44 Lesson - 45 93 98 Lesson - 46 Lesson - 47 99 Nouns and Verbs a-ending Nouns Feminine Intransitive Verbs a-ending Nouns Feminine Nominative Case Singular Number a-ending Nouns Feminine Nominative Case Plural Number Exercises Past Participle Use in the Active Voice Present Participle Exercises Past Participle Use in the Impersonal Form Exercise Intransitive Verbs Use in the Impersonal Form Exercises Obligatory and Potential Participle Use in the Impersonal Form Exercise Noun-Pronoun Accusative Case Singular Number Transitive Verbs Noun-Pronoun Accusative Case Masculine-Neuter and Feminine Plural Number Transitive Verbs Transitive Verbs Exercises Transitive Verb use in the Active Voice and the Passive Voice Nouns Masculine i-ending, u-ending Transitive Verbs Lesson - 48 Lesson - 49 106 107 Lesson - 50 Lesson - 51 111 112 Lesson - 52 117 Lesson - 53 120 Lesson - 54 122 Lesson - 55 129 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #8
Lesson No. Subject Page No. Lesson - 56 Lesson - 57 Lesson - 58 Lesson - 59 Lesson - 60 Lesson - 61 Lesson - 62 Lesson - 63 Lesson - 64 Lesson - 65 Lesson - 66 Exercises 131 Past Participle 132 Use in the Passive Voice Exercises 135 i, i-ending and u, u-ending Nouns 136 Masculine, Neuter and Feminine Transitive Verbs 138 i, i-ending and u, u-ending Nouns 139 Nominative Case, Instrumental Case Singular Number, Plural Number Obligatory and Potential Participle 144 Its use in the Passive Voice Exercises 148 Different Participles 149 With object in the Accusative Case Exercises 154 Noun-Pronoun 155 Dative and Genitive Case Singular Number Masculine, Neuter and Feminine Noun 158 Dative and Genitive Case Singular Number l-ending, V-ending Masculine and Neuter Noun-Pronoun 160 Dative and Genitive Case Plural Number Masculine, Neuter and Feminine Noun 163 Dative and Genitive Case Plural Number l-ending, U-ending Masculine and Neuter Exercises 165 Noun-Pronoun 166 Ablative Case Singular Number Noun 169 Ablative Case Singular Number Noun 170 Ablative Case Plural Number Lesson - 67 Lesson - 68 Lesson - 69 Lesson - 70 Lesson - 71 Lesson - 72 Lesson - 73 Prakrta Grammar and Composition vii

Page #9
Lesson No. Subject Page No. 172 174 176 177 179 191 192 Lesson - 74 Noun-Pronoun Ablative Case Plural Number Lesson - 75 Noun-Pronoun Locative Case Singular Number Lesson - 76 Noun-Pronoun Locative Case Plural Number Lesson - 77 Noun Vocative Case Singular and Plural Number Lesson - 78 Causative Suffixes Lesson - 79 Retainer of innate meaning Suffixes (Svarthika Suffixes) Lesson - 80 Different Pronouns Exercises Lesson - 81 Indeclinables Lesson - 82 Conjugation and Verbal endings Lesson - 83 Conjugation of 'Asa' Lesson - 84 (A) Declensional Forms of Nouns (B) Declensional Forms of Pronouns (C) Declension of Cardinal numeral Ega (one) Lesson - 85 Endings of Declensional forms of Nouns in Prakrta according to Hemacandra Appendix - 1(a) Noun-Index (English to Prakrta) Appendix - 1(b) Noun-Index (Prakrta to English) Appendix - 2(a) Verb-Index (English to Prakrta) Appendix - 2(b) Verb-Index (Praksta to English) Reference Books 194 195 198 199 223 238 249 262 272 284 vill Praksta Grammar and Composition

Page #10
Diacritical Marks Vowels o au Consonants jam shr m 5 kr 5 9 r m m m mhr h 3 lkr - m h (Anusvara) : (Visarga) Praksta Grammar and Composition

Page #11

Page #12
Prelusive We feel great pleasure in placing the book 'Prakta Grammar and Composition' in the hands of the readers. In fact, this book is the english translation of the second edition of 'Praksta Racana Saurabha' published in 2003 by the Apabhraisa Sahitya Academy, Jaipur. It goes without saying that Praksta language is one of the richest Indo-Aryan languages. It is the most ancient and sacred language of India. The early Vedic literature is not averse to Praksta expressions, which indicate its ancient character. It is incontrovertible that Praksta was the mother-tongue of Mahavira and Buddha, who used this language as the medium of their sermons. Prakrta, the flowing language gave rise to Apabhraisa in course of time. It is of capital importance to note that Praksta is the language of the masses. Its vast literature in varied literary forms contributes to the dignity and excellence of the cultural heritage of Indian tradition. The author of the Agamas and their commentaries, Kundakunda, Hala, Vimalasuri, Sivarya, Vattakera, Haribhadra, Vakapatiraja, Pravarasene, Nemicandra, Kartikeya Svami, Hemacandra etc. are the celebrated literary personalities of Praksta language. In the 3rd century B.C. it was the lingua franca of Northern India. From East to West and Kasmir (North) to Maharastra (South), it has served the need of literary world as also of the common men. It is to the credit of Praksta language that it has given rise to Apabhraisa language from which the modern Indian languages like, Sindhi, Panjabi, Marathi, Bengali, Gujarati, Kasmiri, Maithili, Rajasthani, Udiya etc. have grown. Even the national language Hindi owes its origin to Prakta and Apabhramsa. Most of the literary tendencies in Hindi literature flow from the glorious Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #13
tradition of Prakrta and Apabhramsa language. Thus the relation between Prakrta-Apabhramsa and Hindi is very intimate. In consequence, the proper understanding of Prakrta and Apabhramsa language and literature is indispensible for comprehending the development of Hindi literature rightly and adequately. Recognising the importance of Prakrta and Apabhramsa languages in the cultural history of India, the Managing Committe of Digambara Jaina Atisaya Ksetra, Sri Mahaviraji established Apabhramsa Sahitya Academy in 1988, which run correspondence courses for teaching Prakrta and Apabhramsa languages. The Academy has published books for the implementation of these couses. Books on Prakrta Grammar and Composition and Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition have been published for those desirous of learning Prakrta and Apabhramsa languages through Hindi medium. For teaching Prakrta language to the English knowing people, our new publication, 'Prakrta Grammar and Composition' which is the english translation of 'Prakrta Racana Saurabha' in Hindi will facilitate the learning of Prakrta to the students of english language. Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition has already been published in 2005. We offer our thanks to the learned researchers of the Samsthana (Institute) specially Smt. Shakuntala Jain and to M/s Jaipur Printers Pvt. Ltd. for organising the publication of the book. Naresh Kumar Sethi President xii Managing Committee Digambara Jaina Atisaya Ksetra Sri Mahaviraji Narendra Patni Secretary Dr. Kamal Chand Sogani Samyojaka Jaina Vidya Samsthana Samiti Jaipur 26 January, 2006 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #14
Dedicated To Dr. A.N. Upadhye And Dr. Hiralal Jain

Page #15

Page #16
Introduction Relating to Prakrta language, the following should be understood. Alphabets of Prakta Vowels a, A, i, I, u, U, e, o a, a, 1, i, u, u, e, o Consonants ka, kha, ga, gha, na 7, , 5, 5, ca, cha, ja, jha, na a 3, 3, 7, o ta, tha, da, dha, na a, 91, 2, ta, tha, da, dha, na pa, pha, ba, bha, ma , , , a ya, ra, la, va sa, ha . (Anusvara) (Anunasika) m, It may be noted here that in Prakrta the use of na and na is not found in non-conjunct form. In Hemacandra Prakta Grammar the use of na and na in conjunct form is traceable. The use of na is seen in conjunct and non-conjunct form. The alternative of na, na, na in conjunct form is m. Prakrta Grammar and Composition XV

Page #17
Number : In Praksta language, there are only two numbers :1. Singular 2. Plural Gender: In Prakrta language, there are three Genders :1. Masculine Gender 2. Feminine Gender 3. Neuter Gender Person : In Praksta language, there are only three Persons :1. First Person 2. Second Person 3. Third Person Case : In Prakrta language, there are eight Cases :1. Nominative Case 2. Accusative Case 3. Instrumental Case 4. Dative Case 5. Ablative Case 6. Genitive Case 7. Locative Case 8. Vocative Case Verb: In Prakrta language, there are only two kinds of Verbs :1.Transitive 2. Intransitive Tense : In Prakta language, there are four type of Tenses :1. Present Tense 2. Past Tense 3. Future Tense 4. Imperative Words : In Prakrta languages, four kinds of Words are in use :1. a-ending 2. i-i-ending 3. a- ending 4. u-u-ending xvi Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #18
The Vocalic sounds of the Devanagari Syllabary in combination with the consonants of the syllabary ka kA ki kI ku kU ke ke ko ki ki kha kha kha khA kha khi khi khI khi khu khu khU kho khe khe kho kho ga ga ga gA ga gi gi gI gi gu gu gU gu ge ge go go gha gha gha ghA ghe ghi ghi ghI ghi ghu chu ghU phu ghe ghe gho gho Prakrta Grammar and Composition xvii

Page #19
DA GI hi | ha na ha hi hu hu he no lfw ca ca cA ca ci cu cI cu cu cu ce ce co co cha cha chA cha chi chi chI chi chu chu chU chu che che cho cho lky lkw 5 ji jI jiji ja E = jha jha jhA jha jhi jhi jhI jhi jhu jhu jhU jhu jhe jhe jho jho xvill Prakyta Grammar and Composition

Page #20
Ja JA jA ji jI ju ne jo lkw := na hu Ta TA Ti TI Tu tu TU Te To I ThaThA tha tha Thi thi ThI the Thu thu ThU thu The the Tho tho Da da DA da Di di da di du du de do Dha DhA DhiDhI du dha dha dhi dhidhu dU dhu Dhe dhe Dho dho xix Praksta Grammar and Composition

Page #21
Na na ta ta tha tha da dha dha XX Na na ta ta tha tha da da dha dha NA na tA ta thA tha dA da dhA dha Ni 2. P ni ti thi thi 47 di dhi NI ni dhi ti thI thi dI 45 di di Nu nu tu thu thu du du dhI dhu dhi dhu NU nu lHwt tU tu thU thu dU du dhU dhu Ne ne na te the the de ds dhe No no to to tho tho do do dho dho Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #22
ke na dae pa pha m pha Ba bha Bha ma Ma na na pa pa pha pha ba ba ma ma nA na pA pa phA pha bha bhA bha bha bA ba mA ma ni pi pi phi phi bi bi bhi bhi mi mi Prakrta Grammar and Composition nI nu ni pa pi phI phi bI bi bha bhi + nu 64 pu pu phu phu bu bu mI mu mi mu nU nu pU pu phU y phu bU... bu mU ne mu ne pe pe bhu bhU bhe bhu bhu bhe ZH phe be be me me no no po po pho pho bo bo bho bho mo mo xxl

Page #23
4 yA yo , 4 ya ya 5 yo ra ra ri ri ru ru re r o li l`w le lo lilu = va va ba vA va vi vi vI vi vu vu vU vu ve ve vo vo sa sa sA sa si si sI si su su sU su se se so so ha. ha hA ha hi hi hI hi hu hu hu hu he he ho ho Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #24
Aham/Ham/Ammi = I Intransitive Verbs Hasa - To laugh Rusa - To sulk = Jiva - To live Aham Ham Ammi Aham Ham Ammi Aham Ham Ammi Lesson 1 Pronoun = First Person Singular Number Saya Lukka To hide = To sleep Prakrta Grammar and Composition Present Tense Nacca Jagga Hasami/Hasami/Hasemi Lukkami/Lukkami/Lukkemi = To dance = Naccami/Naccami/Naccemi = I dance. To wake up = I laugh. 1. Aham/Ham/Ammi = 1, First Person Singular Number (Personal Pronoun). 2. In the First Person Singular of the Present Tense mi suffix is used in the Verbs. In using mi suffix in the Verbs a of a-ending Verbs is also changed into a and e. 3. Sometimes in place of 'Hasami' 'Hasami' etc. 'Hasam', 'Naccam' etc. forms are used (Hem. Pr. Gr. 3-141). = I hide. 4. All the above verbs are Intransitive. An Intransitive Verb is that which has no object and whose effect is only on the subject or doer. 'I laugh', in this sentence, the effect of laughing is on I, and the Verb 'laugh' has no object. 5. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. In these sentences Person and Number of the Verbs are according to the Subject, Aham/Ham/Ammi. Here Aham/Ham/Ammi is in the First Person Singular, so the Verbs are also of the First Person Singular Number. 1

Page #25
Lesson 2 Pronoun Tumam/Tum/Tuha = You Second Person Singular Number Intransitive Verbs Hasa =To laugh Saya - To sleep Nacca = To dance Rusa =To sulk Lukka = To hide Jagga = To wake up Jiva =To live Present Tense Tumam Tum Hasasi/Hasase/Hasesi -You laugh. Tuha Tumam Tum Tuha Tumm} Naccasi/Naccase/Naccesi = You dance. Tumam Tum Tuha Lukkasi/Lukkase/Lukkesi =You hide. 1. (i) (ii) Tumam/Tum/Tuha - You, Second Person Singular Number (Personal Pronoun). in Ardhamagadhi Tumam, Tum, Tume are used. (Pischel, Grammar of the Praksta Languages, P. 617) In the Second Person Singular of the Present Tense 'si' and 'se' suffixes are used in the Verbs. In using 'si' suffix in the Verbs, 'a' of 'a-ending' Verbs is also changed into 'e'. If there is no 'a'-ending Verb, 'se' suffix is not used. (see lesson 2. () (ii) 4) All the above verbs are Intransitive. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. In these sentences Person and Number of the Verbs are according to the Subject. Here Tumam/Tum/Tuha is in the Second Person Singular, so the Verbs are also of the Second Person Singular Number. Praksta Grammar and Composition

Page #26
Lesson 3 Pronoun So = He (Masculine). Sa - She (Feminine) Third Person Singular Number Intransitive Verbs Hasa =To laugh Rusa -To sulk Jiva =To live Saya = To sleep Nacca - To dance Lukka - To hide Jagga - To wake up Present Tense So Hasai/Hasae/Hasadi/Hasade/Hasei/Hasedi Sa Hasai/Hasae/Hasadi/Hasade/Hasei/Hasedi - He laughs. - She laughs. So Naccai/Naccae/Naccadi/Naccade/Naccei/Naccedi - He dances. Sa Naccai/Naccae/Naccadi/Naccade/Naccei/Naccedi - She dances. So Lukkai/Lukkae/Lukkadi/Lukkade/Lukkei/Lukkedi - He hides. Sa Lukkai/Lukkae/Lukkadi/Lukkade/Lukkei/Lukkedi - She hides. 1. (i) So : He (Masculine), Sa - She (Feminine) Third Person Singular Number (Personal Pronoun) (ii) Sa = He (Masculine) is also used. (iii) In Ardhamagadhi, 'Se': He (Masculinel is also used. (Pischel P. 622) 2. (i) In the Third Person Singular of the Present Tense 'i', 'e', 'di' and 'de' suffixes are used in the verbs. In using 'i'and di' suffixes in the verbs a of a-ending verbs is also changed into 'e'. (ii) 'e' and 'de' suffixes are used only in 'a'- ending verbs. In the a, o, u etc. ending verbs 'e' and 'de' are not used, as, in the Verbs, Tha = To stay Ho - To become Hu - To become 'e' and 'de' suffixes are not used in the Present Tense. (See lesson - 4) (iii) In the Third Person Singular Number, Ti suffix is also used as, Hasati/ Haseti, Naccati/Nacceti, Lukkati/Lukketi. - Pt. Becaradasaji has mentioned the use of 'Te suffix in the a-ending verbs, as, Hasate/Hasete. (Praksta Margopadesika p. 140.) 3. All the above Verbs are Intransitive. 4. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. Praksta Grammar and Composition

Page #27
Lesson 4 Pronoun - Singular Non- 'a'-ending Verbs i.e., a, o etc. ending verbs Aham/Ham/Ammi = 1 (First Person Singular) . Tumam/Tum/Tuha - You (Second Person Singular) So - He (Masculine) (Third Person Singular) - She (Feminine) Intransitive Verbs Tha : To stay Nha = To bathe Ho : To become Sa Present Tense Aham Ham Ammi Thami : I stay. Aham Homi = I become. Ham Ammi Tumam Tum Thast - You stay. Tuha s nast Tumar Tum Tuha Hosi - You become. So Sa Thai/Thadi Thai/Thadi Hoi/Hodi Hoi/Hodi : He stays. - She stats. - He becomes. : She becomes. Praksta Grammar and Composition

Page #28
1. Aham/Ham/Ammi = 1 First Person Singular Personal Tumam/Tum/Tuha - You Second Person Singular > Pronouns So : He (Masculine) Singular Sa : She (Feminine) Third Person Singular 2. (i) In the Present Tense of the non-a-ending verbs i.e., a, o etc. ending verbs of the Second Person Singular, only 'si' suffix is used. 'se' suffix is not used. (ii) Likewise in the Third Person Singular only 'l' and 'di' suffixes are used, 'e' and 'de' suffixes are not used. 3. All the above verbs are Intransitive. 4. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. Prakyta Grammar and Composition on

Page #29
Lesson 5 Pronoun Amhe 1: We both/We all First Person Plural Number Vayam S Intransitive Verbs Hasa - To laugh Saya = To sleep Nacca - To dance Rusa = To sulk Lukka - To hide Jagga = To wake up Jiva = To live Present Tense Amhe 1 Vayam ) Hasamo/Hasamo/Hasimo/Hasemo/ Hasamu/Hasamu/Hasimu/Hasemu/ Hasama/Hasama/Hasima/Hasema = We both laugh. We all laugh. Amhe) Vayam Naccamo/Naccamo/Naccimo/Naccemo/ Naccamu/Naccamu/Naccimu/Naccemu/ - We both dance. We all dance. Naccama/Naccama/Naccima/Naccema Amhe Vayam si Lukkamo/Lukkamo/Lukkimo/Lukkemo/ We both hide. Lukkamu/Lukkamu/Lukkimu/Lukkemu/ = We all hide. Lukkama/Lukkama/Lukkima/Lukkema Amhe First Person Plural Number : We both/We all Vayam (Personal Pronoun) In the First Person Plural of the Present Tense mo, mu and ma suffixes are used in the Verbs. In using 'mo', 'mu' and 'ma' suffixes, the 'a' of a- ending Verbs is also changed into 'a', 'i' and 'e'. All the above verbs are Intransitive. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. Here the Subject is in the First Person Plural, so the Verb is also of the First Person Plural Number. Praksta Grammar and Composition

Page #30
Lesson 6 Pronoun Tubbhe Tumhe You both/You all Second Person Plural Number Tujjhe Intransitive Verbs Hasa = To laugh Saya = To sleep Nacca - To dance Rusa To sulk Lukka - To hide Jagga - To wake up Jiva = To live Present Tense Tubbhe Tumhe Tujjhe Hasaha/Hasittha/Hasadha/ Haseha/Haseittha/Hasedha You both laugh. "You all laugh. ) Tubbhe Tumhe Tujjhe Naccaha/Naccittha/Naccadha/_You both dance. Nacceha/Nacceittha/Naccedha You all dance. ) Tubbhe Tumhe Tujjhe Lukkaha/Lukkittha/Lukkadha/ You both hide. Lukkeha/Lukkeittha/Lukkedha You all hide. ) 1. Tubbhe Tumhe Tujjhe Second Person Plural (Personal Pronoun) You both/You all ) Prakyta Grammar and Composition

Page #31
In the Second Person Plural of the Present Tense ha, ittha and dha suffixes are used in the verbs and in using a of a-ending verbs is changed into e. All the above verbs are Intransitive. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. Here the Subject is in the Second Person Plural, so the Verb is used in the Second Person Plural Number. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #32
Lesson 7 Pronoun Te : They both (Masculine)/They all (Masculine) Third Person Plural Ta/Tao/Tau - They both (Feminine)/They all (Feminine) Number Intransitive Verbs Hasa : To laugh Saya = To sleep Rusa : To sulk Lukka - To hide Jiva = To live Nacca = To dance Jagga - To wake up Present Tense re Hasanti/Hasantel Hasenti/Hasire - They both laugh. They all laugh. Ta/Tao/Tau eu oth laugh. Hasanti/Hasante/ Hasenti/Hasire They all laugh. Te Naccanti/Naccante! Naccenti/Naccire They both dance. They all dance. Ta/Tao/Tau Naccanti/Naccante Naccenti/Naccire . They both dance. They all dance. Lukkanti/Lukkantel Lukkenti/Lukkire They both hide. They all hide. Ta/Tao/Tau Lukkanti/Lukkantel Lukkenti/Lukkire They both hide. They all hide. Praksta Grammar and Composition

Page #33
1. Te They both (Masculine)/They all (Masculine) Ta/Tao/Tau = They both (Feminine)/They all (Feminine), 2. In the Third Person Plural of the Present Tense 'nti', 'nte' and 'ire' suffixes are used in the verbs. 3. In using nti suffix a of a-ending verbs is also change into e. 4. All the above verbs are Intransitive. 5. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. Here the Subject is in the Third Person Plural, so the verb is also of the Third Person Plural Number. 10 Third Person Plural (Personal Pronoun) Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #34
Lesson 8 Pronoun - Plural Non- 'a'-ending verbs i.e., a, o etc. ending verbs Amhe . We both/We all Vayam First Person Plural Tubbhe Tumhe Tujjhe So You both/You all Second Person Plural Te: They both (Masculine)/They all (Masculine) Ta/Tao/Tau - They both (Feminine)/They all (Feminine) Third Person Plural Intransitive Verbs Tha - To stay Nha - To bathe Ho - To become Present Tense Thamo/Thamu/ Amhe Vayam We both stay. We all stay. s Thama Homo/Homu/ Amhe Vayam We both become. We all become. s Homa Tubbhe Tumhe Tujjhe Thaha/Thadha/ Thaittha You both stay. You all stay. Tubbhe Hoha/Hodha/ You both become. Tumhe Tujjhe S Hoittha You all become. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #35
Te Thanti-Thanti/ Thante-Thante/Thaire (See Rule four below) Ta/Tao/Tau Thanti-Thanti/ Te 1. Ta/Tao/Tau Honti/Honte/Hoire 2. 3. 4. 5. Amhe Vayam 12 Tubbhe Tumhe Tujjhe Thante Thante/Thaire = Honti/Honte/Hoire Te: They both (Masculine)/They all (Masculine) Ta/Tao/Tau They both (Feminine)/ They all (Feminine) All the above Verbs are Intransitive. } = We both/We all First Person mi Second Person si, se Third Person = i, e, di, de = =1 They both stay. They all stay. = You both/You all Second Person Plural They both stay. They all stay. They both become. They all become. They both become. They all become. First Person Plural All the above Sentences are in the Active Voice. In these sentences Verbs agree with the Subject in Number and Person. If there is a long vowel before a Conjunct Letter it becomes short as, Thanti-Thanti. In Prakrta 'a', '1', 'u', 'e' and 'o' are regarded as short vowels and 'a', 'i' and 'u' are long vowels. Suffixes of the Present Tense (Lesson 1 to 8) Singular Plural Third Person Plural Personal Pronouns Plural mo, mu, ma ha, ittha, dha nti, nte, ire Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #36
6. (i) In both Numbers (Singular and Plural) and three Persons (Fisrt, Second and Third) of the a-ending verbs of the Present Tense 'ja', 'ija' suffixes are used. In using 'jja', 'ja' suffixes a of aending verbs is changed into 'e'as Hasa + jja - Hasejja, Hasa + jja = Hasejja. Aham/Ham/Ammi = I laugh. Amhel Vayam : We all laugh. Tumam/Tum/Tuha : You laugh. Tubbhe/Tumhe/Tujjhe - Yau all laugh. Hasejja/ So - He laughs. Hasejja * She laughs. : They (all) laugh. Ta/Tao/Tau : They (all) laugh. Sa Te (iii) In both numbers of three persons of the a-ending, o-ending etc. verbs in the Present Tense, jja, ija suffixes are also used. Ho + jja, jja - Hojja/Hojja Nha + jja, jja - Nhajja/Nhajja Tha + jja, jja - Thajja/Thajja After adding 'a'to the a-ending, o-ending etc. verbs, jja, ija suffixes are also added. In adding these suffixes, added 'a' is changed into 'e' like the a of a-ending verbs. Tha + a: Thaa - Thaejja/Thaejja Ho + a = Hoa - Hoejja/Hoejja Nha + a: Nhaa -Nhaejja/Nhaejja Prakrta Grammar and Composition 13

Page #37
Lesson 9 Pronoun Aham/Ham/Ammi = I First Person Singular Number Intransitive Verbs Hasa - To laugh Rusa =To sulk Jiva : To live Saya = To sleep Lukka - To hide Nacca - To dance Jagga = To wake up Imperative Aham Ham Hasamu/Hasamu/ Hasimu/Hasemu - I should/may laugh. Ammi Aham Ham Ammi Naccamu/Naccamu/ Naccimu/Naccemu = I should/may dance. Aham Ham Ammi Lukkamu/Lukkamu/ Lukkimu/Lukkemu - I should/may hide. 1. Aham/Ham/Ammi = 1, First Person Singular (Personal Pronoun) 2. For expressing command, injunction, prayer etc. the suffixes of Imperative are used in the Verbs. 3. (i) In the First Person Singular of the Imperative 'mu' suffix is used in the Verbs. In using 'mu' suffix, a of'a'-ending verbs is changed also into 'a', 'l', and 'e'. (ii) In Ardhamagadhi, the suffixes of the First Person Singular of the Imperative are 'ejja' and 'ejjami'. Thus the verbal inflexion of 'Hasa' will be 'Hasejja, 'Hasejjami'. (Pischel p. 680) 14 Prakyta Grammar and Composition

Page #38
Lesson 10 Pronoun Tumam/Tum/Tuha - You Second Person Singular Number Intransitive Verbs Hasa - To laugh Rusa - To sulk Jiva =To live Saya - To sleep Lukka = To hide Nacca - To dance Jagga = To wake up Imperative Tumam Tum Hasahi/Hasasu/Hasadhi/Hasal. Hasehi/Hasesu/Hasedhi/ = You should/may laugh. Hasejjasu/Hasejjahi/Hasejje Tuha Tumam) Tum Tuha Naccahi/Naccasu/Naccadhi/Nacca / Naccehi/Naccesu/Naccedhil You should/may dance. Naccejjasu/Naccejjahi/Naccejje Tumam) Tum Tuha Lukkahi/Lukkasu/Lukkadhi/Lukka/ Lukkehi/Lukkesu/Lukkedhi/ - You should/may hide. Lukkejjasu/Lukkejjahi/Lukkejje 1. (i) (ii) Tumam/Tum/Tuha - You, Second Person Singular Number (Personal Pronoun) In Ardhamagadhi, Tumam, Tum, Tume are used. (Pischel Page. 617) In the Second Person Singular of the Imperative 'hi', 'su','zero' 'ijjasu' 'ijjahi', 'ijje' and 'dhi' suffixes are used in the Verbs. In using 'hi', 'su' and 'dhi' suffixes 'a' of a-ending Verbs is 2. (i) Prakrta Grammar and Composition 15

Page #39
also changed into 'e'. In using 'iljasu', 'ijjahi' and 'ijje' suffixes in the verbs, the 'a' of a-ending verbs and 'l' of the suffixes combine to form 'e': (a+i). 'Zero' suffix and 'ijjasu', 'ijjhi' and 'ijje' suffixes are used in the a-ending verbs. In non-a-ending verbs i.e. a, o etc. ending verbs, the above suffixes are not used. In Ardhamagadhi, for the Second Person Singular of the imperative 'ejja', 'ejjasi', 'ejjahi' suffixes are used. Thus the verbal inflexion of 'Hasa' will be - 'Hasejja', 'Hasejjasi', 'Hasejjahi' (Pischel, P. 681, 682). All the above verbs are Intransitive. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. (iii) 16 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #40
So He (Masculine) Sa She (Feminine) = Intransitive Verbs 1. (i) Hasa To laugh Rusa To sulk = Jiva = To live So Hasau/Haseu/Hasadu/Hasedu/ Sa Hasau/Haseu/Hasadu/Hasedu 3. 4. Lesson 1 1 Pronoun (ii) (iii) 2. (i) = Saya To sleep Lukka = To hide Third Person Singular Number Imperative Prakrta Grammar and Composition So Naccau/Nacceu/Naccadu/Naccedu/= He should/may dance. Sa Naccau/Nacceu/Naccadu/Naccedu She should/may dance. = So Lukkau/Lukkeu/Lukkadu/Lukkedu/ He should/may hide. Sa Lukkau/Lukkeu/Lukkadu/Lukkedu = She should/may hide. = Nacca Jagga = So Sa She (Feminine) Sa = He (Masculine) is also used. In Ardhamagadhi 'se' = He (Masculine) is also used. (Pischel Page 622) In the Third Person Singular of the Imperative 'u' and 'du' suffixes are used in the Verbs. In using 'u' and 'du' suffixes, 'a' of a-ending Verbs is changed into 'e' also. (ii) In Ardhamagadhi 'e' and 'ejja' suffixes are used in the Third Person Singular of the Imperative. 'Hase', 'Hasejja' are the verbal inflexions of the verb 'Hasa'. (Pischel Page. 683-684) All the above verbs are Intransitive. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. = To dance = To wake up He should/may laugh. She should/may laugh. = He (Masculine) Third Person Singular Number (Personal Pronoun) 17

Page #41
Lesson 12 Pronoun-Singular Non 'a'-ending verbs i.e., a, o etc. ending verbs Aham/Ham/Ammi; I First Person Singular Tumam/Tum/Tuha - You Second Person Singular So : He (Masculine) Sa = She (Feminine) Third Person Singular Intransitive Verbs Tha = To stay Nha = To bathe Ho: To become Imperative Imperau Ahar Thamu I should/may stay. Ham Ammi Aham Ham Ammi Homu - I should/may become. Tumam Tum Tuha Thahi/Thasu /Thadhi/ - You should/may stay. Tumam Tum Tuha Hohi/Hosu/Hodhi - You should/may become. So Thau/Thidu Thau/Thadu - He should/may stay. - She should/may stay. Sa Hou/Hodu Hou/Hodu - He should/may become. - She should/may become. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #42
1. Aham/Ham/Ammi = 1 First Person Singular | Personal Tumam/Tum/Tuha - You Second Person Singular Pronouns So : He (Masculinel ) Third Person Singular | Sa - She (Feminine) Singular 2. (i) In Ardhamagadhi, the Verbal inflexion in the Imperative is : First Person Singular Thaejja, Thaejjami, Hojja, Hojjami Second Person Singular Thaejja, Thaejjasi, Thaejjahi, Hojja, Hojjasi, Hojjahi Third Person Singular Thaejja, Hojja (ii) In Ardhamagadhi, 'ejja' suffix is used in the a-ending verbs. But the 'e' of 'ejja' is removed from the o-ending and e-ending verbs. (Ghatage P. 129) (iii) In the Second Person Singular of the a-ending, o-ending etc. verbs only 'hi', 'su', 'dhi' suffixes are used, 'ijjasu', 'ijjahi', 'ijje' are not used. 3. All the above Verbs are Intransitive. 4. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 19

Page #43
Lesson 13 Pronoun Amhe = We both/We all First Person Plural Number Vayam s Intransitive Verbs Hasa =To laugh Saya = To sleep Nacca = To dance Rusa To sulk Lukka - To hide Jagga = To wake up Jiva =To live Imperative Amhe Hasamo/Hasamol We both should/may laugh. Vayam S Hasemo We all should/may laugh. Amhe Vayam Naccamo/Naccamo! We both should/may dance. Naccemo We all should/may dance. Amhe Vayam Lukkamo/Lukkamo/ Lukkemo We both should/may hide. We all should/may hide. Amhe * We both/We all First Person Plural Number Vayar (Personal Pronoun) (i) In the First Person Plural of the Imperative 'mo'suffix is used in the Verbs. In using 'mo' suffix in the verbs a of 'a'-ending verbs is changed into 'a' and 'e'. (ii) In Ardhamagadhi, 'ejjama'suffix is used in the First Person Plural of the Imperative. The Verbal inflexion of 'Hasa' will be "Hasejjama' (Ghatage P. 129). All the above Verbs are Intransitive. All the above sentences are in the Actice Voice. 20 Prakyta Grammar and Composition

Page #44
Lesson 14 Pronoun Tubbhe) Tumhe Tujjhe You both/You all Second Person Plural Number Intransitive Verbs Hasa - To laugh Rusa =To sulk Jiva - To live Saya = To sleep Lukka: To hide Nacca - To dance Jagga = To wake up Imperative Tubbhe Tumhe Tujjhe Hasaha/Haseha/ Hasadha/Hasedha You both should/may laugh. You all should/may laugh. Naccaha/Naccehal S Naccadha/Naccedha You both should/may dance. You all should/may dance. ubbhe Tumhe Tujjhe Tubbhe Tumhe Tujjhe Lukkaha/Lukkehal ( Lukkadha/Lukkedha You both should/may hide. You all should/may hide. 1. Tubbhe Tumhe ? You both/You all Second Person Plural Number Tujjhe (Personal Pronoun) (i) In the Second Person Plural of the Imperative 'ha' and 'dha' suffixes are used in the Verbs. In using 'ha' and 'dha' suffixes, a of 'a'-ending Verbs is changed into 'e'. Praksta Grammar and Composition 21

Page #45
3. 4. 22 (ii) In Ardhamagadhi, 'ejjaha' suffix is used in the Second Person Plural of the Imperative. So the verbal inflexion of 'Hasa' will be: 'Hasejjaha' (Ghatage P. 129) All the above Verbs are Intransitive. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #46
Lesson 15 Pronoun Te : They both (Masculine)/They all (Masculine) Third Ta/Tao/Tau - They both (Feminine)/They all (Feminine) s Person Plural Intransitive Verbs Hasa : To laugh Rusa = To sulk Jiva To live Saya = To sleep Nacca - To dance Lukka - To hide Jagga = To wake up Imperative Te Hasantu/Hasentu . They both should/may laugh. They all should/may laugh. They both should/may laugh. They all should/may laugh. Ta/Tao/Tau Hasantu/Hasentu Te Naccantu/Naccentu : They both should/may dance. They all should/may dance. They both should/may dance. They all should/may dance. Ta/Tao/Tau Naccantu/Naccentu : Te Lukkantu/Lukkentu = They both should/may hide. They all should/may hide. They both should/may hide. They all should/may hide. TiTao/Tau Lukkantu/Lukkentu : 1. Te - They both (Masculine)/They all (Masculine) Third Person Plural (Personal Ta/Tao/Tau = They both (Femininel/They all (Feminine) S' Pronoun) Praksta Grammar and Composition 23

Page #47
2. (i) In the Third Person Plural of the Imperative 'ntu' suffix is used in the Verbs. In using 'ntu' suffix in the Verbs, a of 'a'-ending Verbs is changed into 'e' also. (ii) In Ardhamagadhi, 'ejja' suffix is used in the Third Person Plural of the Imperative. So, the verbal inflexion of 'Hasa' wii be 'Hasejja' (Ghatage P 129) 3. All the above Verbs are Intransitive. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. 4. 24 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #48
Lesson 16 Pronoun - Plural Non-a- ending Verbs i.e., a, o etc. ending Verbs Amhe = We both/We all First Person Plural Vayam $ Tubbhe Tumhe Tujjhe = You both/You all Second Person Plural Te - They both (Masculine)/They all (Masculine) Ta/Tao/Tau - They both (Feminine)/They all (Feminine) Third Person Plural Intransitive Verbs Tha: To stay Nha : To bathe Ho : To become Amhe Thamo Imperative We both should/may stay. We all should/may stay. Vayam s Amhe Vaya Home S We both should/may become. We all should/may become. 1 Tubbhe Tumhe Tujjhe Thahal Thadha You both should/may stay. You all should/may stay. Tubbhe Tumhe Tujjhe Hohal Hodha You both should/may become. You all should/may become. ) Te Thantu-Thantu They both should/may stay. They all should/may stay. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 25

Page #49
Ta/Tao/Tau Thantu-Thanfu Te Hontu They both should/may stay. * They all should/may stay. They both should/may become. They all should/may become. They both should/may become. They all should/may become. Ta/Tao/Tau Hontu 1. Amhe Vayam : We both/We all First Person Plural Tubbhe Tumhe S : You both/You all Second Person Plural Personal Pronouns Plural Tujjhe Third Person Te: They both (Masculinel/They all (Masculine) Ta/Tao/Tau : They both (Feminine)/ They all (Feminine) Plural a All the above Verbs are Intransitive. mi All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. 4. w If a long Vowel precedes the Conjunct letter, it becomes short, as : Thantu-Thantu. In Praksta a, i and u are regarded as long Vowels, a, i, u, e and o are regarded as short vowels. Suffixes of Imperative (Lesson 9 to 16) Singular Plural First Person mu mo Second Person hi, su, dhi, zero ha, dha ijjasu, ijjahi, ijje Third Person u, du ntu 26 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #50
6. (i) Suffixes of the Imperative in Ardhamagadhi : Singular Pluaral First Person ejja, ejjami, ejjama Second Person ejja, ejjasi, ejjahi ejjaha Third Person e, ejja (Ghatage P.129) (Pischel P.675) ejja (ii) In Ardhamagadhi Conjugation of a-ending 'Hasa'. In the Imperative is : Singular Plural First Person Hasejja, Hasejjami Hasejjama Second Person Hasejja, Hasejjasi, Hasejjahi Hasejjaha Third Person Hase, Hasejja Hasejja In Ardhamagadhi Conjugation of a-ending 'Tha'. In the Imperative is : Singular Plural First Person Thaejja, Thaejjami Thaejjama Second Person Thaejja, Thaejjasi, Thaejjahi -- Thaejjaha Third Person Thae, Thaejja Thaejja In Ardhamagadhi Conjugation of o-ending 'Ho'. In the Imperative is : Singular Plural First Person Hoejja, Hoejjami, Hojjama Second Person Hoejja, Hoejjasi, Hoejjahi Hojjaha Third Person Hoe, Hoejja Hojja In Ardhamagadhi suffixes 'ejjama' etc. in the Plural of a-ending Verbs are used but in o-ending, e-ending Verbs 'e' is removed from the Plural of all the Persons. (Ghatage P. 129) Praksta Grammar and Composition 27

Page #51
Lesson 17 Pronoun-Singular and Plural Singular Plural Aham/Ham/Ammi :) Amhe /Vayam - We both/ We all Tumam/Tum/Tuha - You Tubbhe /Tumhe/Tujjhe = You both/you all So : He (Masculine) Te : They both (Masculine) They all (Masculine) Sa = She (Feminine) Ta/Tao/Tau : They both (Feminine)/ They all (Feminine) Intransitive Verbs Hasa - To laugh Rusa .To sulk Jiva =To live Saya = To sleep Lukka - To hide Nacca - To dance Jagga - To wake up Past Tense Aham Ham Ammi Hasia = I laughed. Tumam Tum Tuha Hasia - You laughed. Hasia - He laughed. Sa Hasia - She laughed. Amhe Vayam s Hasia . We both/We all laughed. 28 Praksta Grammar and Composition

Page #52
Tubbhe Tumhe Tujjhe Te Ta Tao Tau Hasia Hasia Hasia Prakrta Grammar and Composition = You both/You all laughed. = They both/They all laughed. 1. In the First, Second and Third Person Singular and Plural of the Past Tense. 'ia' suffix is used in the a-ending Verbs. 2. All the above Verbs are Intransitive. 3. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. 4. In Ardhamagadhi, the Past Tense is formed by ading 'ittha' and 'imsu' suffixes to the a-ending, a-ending, o-ending etc. verbs in all the three Persons and the two Numbers. as, Hasittha/Hasimsu, Naccittha/Naccimsu (Pischel. P. 752-753) (Ghatage P. 112) They both/They all laughed. 29

Page #53
Lesson 18 Pronoun-Singular and Plural Non-a. ending Verbs i.e., a, o etc. ending Verbs Singular Plural Aham/Ham/Ammi: 1 Amhe /Vayam : We both/ We all Tumam/Tum/Tuha : You Tubbhe /Tumhe/Tujjhe : You both/you all So = He (Masculine) Te: They both (Masculine)/ They all (Masculine) Sa - She (Feminine) Ta/Tao/Tau - They both (Feminine)/ They all (Feminine) Intransitive Verbs Tha = To stay Nha = To bathe Ho : To become Past Tense Aham I Thasi/Thahi/Thahia = I stayed. Ham Ammi) Hosi/Hohi/Hohia I became. Tumam Tum Thasi/Thahi/Thahia : You stayed. Hosi/Hobi/Hohia - You became. Tuha So Thasi/Thahi/Thahia Thasi/Thahi/Thahia - He stayed. : She stayed. Sa So Hosi/Hohi/Hohia Hosi/Hohi/Hohia - He became. - She became. Sa Amhe) Vayam Thasi/Thahi/Thahia Hosi/Hobi/Hohia - We both/We all stayed. We both/We all became. 30 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #54
Tubbhe Thasi/Thahi/Thahia Tumhe > Hosi/Hohi/Hohia Tujjhe - You both/You all stayed. * You both/You all became. Thasi/Thahi/Thahia :They both/They all stayed. Hosi/Hohi/Hohia - They both/They all became. Ta Thisi/Thahi/Thahia Tao Tau - They both/They all stayed. * They both/They all became. Hosi/Hohi/Hohia 1. In the First, Second and Third Person Singular and Plural of the Past Tense. 'si', 'hi', 'hia' suffixes are used in the a-ending, 0-ending etc. Verbs. 2. All the above Verbs are Intransitive. 3. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. 4. (i) In Ardhamagadhi, the Past Tense is formed by ading 'ittha' and 'imsu' suffixes to the a-ending, a-ending, o-ending etc. verbs in all the three Persons and the two Numbers. as, Thaittha/Thaimsu, Hoittha/Hoinsu (Pischel. P. 752-753) (Ghatage P. 112) (ii) Besides these, Hottha - became, Ahamsu = said are also used. (Pischel P. 755) Some other Verbal forms are : First Person Singular Akarissam - did Third Person Singular Akasi - did (For other Verbal forms, see Pischel P. 751-753) Prakrta Grammar and Composition 31

Page #55
Lesson 19 Pronoun First Person Singular Number Aham/Ham/Ammi : 1 Intransitive Verbs Hasa - To laugh Rusa = To sulk Jiva =To live Saya = To sleep Lukka - To hide Nacca = To dance Jagga - To wake up Future Tense Aham Ham Ammi) Hasihimi/Hasissami/Hasihami/Hasissimi/ Hasehimi/Hasessami/Hasehami/ Hasissam/Hasessa : I shall laugh. Aham Ham Ammi) Naccihimi/Naccissami/Naccihami/Naccissimi/ Naccehimi/Naccessami/Naccehami/ I shall dance. Naccissam/Naccessam Aham Ham Ammi Lukkihimi/Lukkissami/Lukkihami/Lukkissimi/ Lukkehimi/Lukkessami/Lukkehami/ = I shall hide. Lukkissam/Lukkessam 1. Aham/Ham/Ammi = 1, First Person Singular Number (Personal Pronoun) 2. (i) In the First Person Singular of the Future Tense 'hi', 'ssa', 'ha', 'ssi', 'ssam' suffixes are used in the verbs. After using 'hi', 'ssa', 'ssi' and 'ha' suffixes, the First Person Singular suffix 'mi' of the Present Tense is added to the Verbs. 'mi' is not added to 'ssam' suffix of the Future Tense. (ii) in using 'hi', 'ssa', 'ssam' and 'ha' suffixes in the verbs, a of a-ending verbs is changed into 'l' and 'e'. (iii) In using 'ssi' suffix in the verbs, a of a-ending verbs is changed into 'i' only. (Hema. Praksta Grammar, 4-275) 32 Praksta Grammar and Composition

Page #56
(iv) The Verb Roccha : To weep. The First Person Singular of *Roccha' in the Future Tense will be Roccham - I shall weep. Besides, Rocchimi, Rocchemi are also formed after droping 'hi' suffix from the Verb Roccha and after adding the suffix 'mi' to it and then a of a-ending Verbs is changed into i and e. Sometimes Rocchihimi etc. are also formed. (Hema. Praksta Grammar 3-172) The Conjugation of Roccha in the Future Tense will be: First Person Singular (i) Roccham (ii) Rocchimi/Rocchemi/ (iii) Rocchihimi/ etc. Plural (i) Rocchimo/Rocchimu/ Rocchima/Rocchemo/ Rocchemu/Rocchema/ (11) Rocchihimo/etc. Second Person (i) Rocchisi/ Rocchesi/ (ii) Rocchihisi/etc. (1) Rocchiha/Rocchidha/ Roccheha/Rocchedha (ii) Rocchihiha Third Person (i) Rocchii/Rocchei/ (ii) Rocchihii/etc. (i) Rocchinti/Rocchintel Rocchiire! (ii) Rocchihinti/etc. (v) In Ardhamagadhi, the Conjugation of Roccha in the Future Tense will be: Singular Plural First Person Rocchami Rocchamo Second Person Rocchasi Rocchaha Third Person Rocchai Rocchanti 3. All the above Verbs are Intransitive. 4. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 33

Page #57
Tumam/Tum/Tuha - You = Intransitive Verbs Hasa - To laugh = Rusa To sulk = Jiva =To live Tumam Tum Tuha Tum Tuha Lesson 20 Tum Tuha 34 Pronoun Tumam Naccihisi/Naccihise/ Naccissasi/Naccissase/ Naccissisi/Naccissise Second Person Singular Number Saya = To sleep Lukka = To hide Future Tense Hasihisi/Hasihise/ Hasissasi/Hasissase/ "Hasissisi/Hasissise Tumam Lukkihisi/Lukkihise/ Lukkissasi/Lukkissase/ Lukkissisi/Lukkissise 1=1 Nacca = To dance Jagga = To wake up = 1. (i) Tumam/Tum/Tuha You, Second Person Singular Number (Personal Pronoun) You will laugh. - You will dance. = You will hide. (ii) In Ardhamagadhi, Tumam/Tum/Tume are used (Pischel, Grammar of the Prakrta languages P. 617) 2. (i) In the Second Person Singular of the Future Tense 'hi', 'ssa' and 'ssi' suffixes are added to the Verbs. After adding them, 'si' and 'se' suffixes of the Present Tense Second Person Singular are also added. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #58
(ii) After adding 'hi' and 'ssa' suffixes to the verbs, the a of a-ending verbs is changed into 'i' and 'e'. The examples of 'l' are given above. The examples of 'e' will be : 'Hasehisi/Hasehise, Hasessasi/ Hasessase. (iii) After adding 'ssi' suffix to the verbs, the a of a-ending verbs is changed into 'l'. (iv) Pt. Becaradasaji in the Prakrta Margopadesika has also mentioned 'ssa' suffix in the Second Person Singular (P. 249). Pischel has also mentioned 'ssa' suffix in the Second Person Singular. - 'Gamissasi' (Page 761). 3. All the above Verbs are Intransitive. 4. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 35

Page #59
Lesson 21 Pronoun So - He (Masculine) Third Person Singular Number Sa = She (Feminine) Intransitive Verbs Hasa =To laugh Saya - To sleep Nacca - To dance Rusa .To sulk Lukka - To hide Jagga - To wake up Jiva = To live Future Tense Hasihii/Hasihie/Hasihidi/Hasihidel Hasissai/Hasissae/Hasissadi/Hasissadel Hasissidi/Hasisside : He will laugh. Hasihii/Hasihie/Hasihidi/Hasihidel Hasissai/Hasissae/Hasissadi/Hasissade/ Hasissidi/Hasisside - She will laugh. Naccihii/Naccihie/Naccihidi/Naccihide/ Naccissai/Naccissae/Naccissadi/Naccissadel = He will dance. Naccissidi/Naccisside Naccihil/Naccihie/Naccihidi/Naccihide/ Naccissai/Naccissae/Naccissadi/Naccissadel - She will dance, Naccissidi/Naccisside 1. (i) So - He (Masculine) w ? Third Person Singular Number Sa : She (Feminine) (Personal Pronoun) (ii) Sa - He (Masculine) is also used. (iii) In Ardhamagadhi, 'se' is also used. (Pischel. P. 625) 36 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #60
2. (i) In the Third Person Singular of the Future Tense 'hi', 'ssa', 'ssi' suffixes are added to the Verbs. After adding 'hi', 'ssa' to the Verbs, the suffixes 'l', 'e', 'di', 'de' of the Third Person Singular pertaining to the Present Tense are added. (ii) Sometime, after adding 'hi', 'ssa' suffixes of the Future Tense; the suffix 'ti' is also added. as; Hasthiti, Hasissati (Prakrta Margopadesika, P. 250) (iii) After adding 'hi' and 'ssa' suffixes, the a of a-ending verbs is changed into 'i' and 'e'. Only Verbal forms of 'r' have been mentioned above. (iv) After adding 'ssi' suffix to the verb, only 'di' and 'de' suffixes are added and the a of a-ending verbs is changed into 'i' only. (v) In the Third Person Singular of the Future Tense Pt. Becaradasaji in the Praksta Margopadesika has also mentioned 'ssa' suffix. (P. 245). Pischel has also mentioned 'ssa' suffix, as (Bhavissadi, Page 755 Marissai, Page 760). 3. All the above Verbs are Intransitive. 4. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 37

Page #61
Aham/Ham/Ammi = 1 Tumam/Tum/Tuha - You So He (Masculine) Sa She (Feminine) Intransitive Verbs Tha = To stay Aham Ham Ammi Aham Ham Ammi Tumam Lesson 22 Pronoun- Singular Non 'a'-ending Verbs i.e., a, o etc. ending Verbs First Person Singular Second Person Singular Third Person Singular Tum Tuha Tumam Tum Tuha So Sa So * 38 Nha To bathe ZH Future Tense Thahimi/Thassami/Thahami Thassimi/Thassam Hohimi/Hossami/Hohami Hossimi/Hossam Thahisi/Thassisi/Thassasi Hohisi/Hossisi/Hossasi Thahii/Thahidi/Thassai/ Thassadi/Thassidi Thahii/Thahidi/Thassai/ Thassadi/Thassidi Hohii/Hohidi/Hossai/ Hossadi/Hossidi Ho To become = I shall stay. = I shall become. - You will stay. You will become. - He will stay. She will stay. = He will become. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #62
Sa Hohii/Hohidi/Hossai/ Hossadi/Hossidi 1. Aham/Ham/Ammi = I First Person Singular Tumam/Tum/Tuha You Second Person Singular Third Person Singular So He (Masculine) Sa = She (Feminine) = = She will become. 2. (i) In the Second Person Singular of the Future Tense the suffix 'se' is used only in a-ending verbs. The suffix 'se' is not used in the aending, o-ending etc. verbs. (ii) Likewise, in the Third Person Singular 'e' and 'de' suffixes are not used. These suffixes (se, e and de) are used only in the a-ending verbs. Personal Pronouns Singular (iii) In the Third Person Singular of the Future Tense, only the 'di' suffix of the Present Tense is used with 'ssi' suffix. Prakrta Grammar and Composition (iv) In the Second Person and the Third Person Singular of the Future Tense, 'ssa' suffix is mentioned by Pischel P. 760 and Pt. Becaradasaji (Prakrta Margopadesika, P. 249) 3. All the above Verbs are Intransitive. 4. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. 39

Page #63
Amhe Vayam Intransitive Verbs = We both/We all Hasa To laugh = Rusa To sulk = Jiva = To live 40 Lesson 2 3 1. Amhe Vayam Pronoun } Hasihimo/Hasihimu/Hasihima/ Amhe Hasissamo/Hasissamu/Hasissama/ Vayam Hasissimo/Hasissimu/Hasissima/ Hasihamo/Hasihamu/Hasihama Amhe Naccihimo/Naccihimu/Naccihima/ Naccissamo/Naccissamu/Naccissama/ Vayam Naccissimo/Naccissimu/Naccissima/ Naccihamo/Naccihamu/Naccihama First Person Plural Number Saya - To sleep Lukka To hide Ambe Lukkihimo/Lukkihimu/Lukkihima/ Lukkissamo/Lukkissamu/Lukkissama/ Vayam Lukkissimo/Lukkissimu/Lukkissima/ Lukkihamo/Lukkihamu/Lukkihama Future Tense = We both/We all Nacca = To dance Jagga = = = - To wake up We both shall laugh. We all shall laugh. We both shall dance. We all shall dance. 2. (i) In the First Person Plural of the Future Tense 'ha, 'hi', 'ssa', 'ssi' suffixes are added to the Verbs. After adding these, First Person Plural suffixes, mo, mu and ma of the Present Tense are added. We both shall hide. We all shall hide. First Person Plural Number (Personal Pronoun) Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #64
(ii) After adding 'ha', 'hi', 'ssa' suffixes to the Verbs, the a of aending Verbs is changed into 'i' and 'e'. (Here only Verbal forms of 'i' are mentioned). (iii) After adding 'ssi' suffix to the Verbs, the a of 'a'- ending Verbs is changed into 'l'. (iv) The complete suffixes 'hissa' and 'hittha' are added exclusively:- 'Hasihissa' and 'Hasihittha'. 3. All the above Verbs are Intransitive. 4. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #65
Lesson 24 Pronoun Tubbhe Tumhe Tujjhe You both/You all Second Person Plural Number Intransitive Verbs Hasa =To laugh Rusa = To sulk Jiva = To live Saya = To sleep Lukka = To hide Nacca = To dance Jagga = To wake up Future Tense Tubbhe Hasihiha/Hasihidha/Hasihittha/ Tumhe > Hasissaha/Hasissadha/Hasissaitthal = Tujjhe ) Hasissiha/ Hasissidha/Hasissiittha You both will laugh. You all will laugh. Tubbhe Naccihiha/Naccihidha/Naccihitthal You both will dance. Tumhe > Naccissaha/Naccissadha/Naccissaitthal You all will dance. Tujjhe Naccissiha/Naccissidha/Naccissiittha Lukkihiha/Lukkihidha/Lukkihittha/ You both will hide. Tumhe > Lukkissaha/Lukkissadha/Lukkissaittha/ You all will hide. Tujjhe ) Lukkissiha/Lukkissidha/Lukkissiittha 1. Tubbhe Tumhe You both/You all Second Person Plural Number Tujjhe ) (Personal Pronoun) 2. (i) in the Second Person Plural of the Future Tense, 'hi', 'ssa', 'ssi'suffixes are added to the Verbs, After this, the Second Person 42 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #66
Plural suffixes, ha, dha, ittha of the Present Tense are also added. (ii) After adding 'hi', 'ssa' suffixes to the Verbs the a of a-ending Verbs is changed into 'I' and 'e' (Here only Verbal forms of 'I' are mentioned). (iii) On adding 'ssi' suffix to the Verbs the a of a-ending Verbs is changed into 'I'. (iv) Pischel has mentioned the use of 'ssa' suffix : Bhanissaha, Bhanissadha. (Grammar of the Prakrta languages P. 772) Pt. Becaradasaji has also mentioned this (P. 249) 3. All the above Verbs are Intransitive. 4. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 43

Page #67
Lesson 25 Pronoun Third Te - They both (Masculinel/They all (Masculine) Ta/Tao/Tau : They both (Feminine)/They all (Feminine) Person Plural Intransitive Verbs Hasa =To laugh Rusa =To sulk Jiva = To live Saya = To sleep Nacca = To dance Lukka - To hide Jagga = To wake up Future Tense Hasihinti/Hasihinte/Hasihiire/ > Hasissanti/Hasissante/Hasissaire/ Hasissinti/Hasissinte/Hasissiire They both will laugh. They all will laugh. Ta ) Tao Tau) Hasihinti/Hasihinte/Hasihiire/ Hasissanti/Hasissante/Hasissaire/ Hasissinti/Hasissinte/Hasissiire They both will laugh. They all will laugh. Te Naccihinti/Naccihinte/Naccihiirel Naccissanti/Naccissante/Naccissaire/ Naccissinti/Naccissinte/Naccissiire They both will dance. They all will dance. Ta Tin Tau) Naccihinti/Naccihinte/Naccihiire/ Naccissanti/Naccissante/Naccissaire! Naccissinti/Naccissinte/Naccissiire . They both will dance. They all will dance. Third Person 1. Te: They both (Masculine)/They all (Masculine) Plural (Personal Ta/Tao/Tau - They both (Feminine)/They all (Feminine) 9 Pronoun) 2. (i) in the Third Person Plural of the Future Tense, 'hi', 'ssa', 'ssi'suffixes are added to the Verbs, After adding these, the Third 44 Praksta Grammar and Composition

Page #68
Person Plural suffixes nti, nte and ire of the Present Tense are added. (ii) On adding 'hi', 'ssa' suffixes to the Verbs the a of a-ending Verbs is changed into 'l' and 'e'. (Here only Verbal forms of 'i' are mentioned). (iii) On adding 'ssi' suffix to the Verbs the a of a-ending Verbs is changed into 'r'. (iv) Pischel has mentioned the use of 'ssa' suffix : Karissanti (Grammar of the Praksta languages P. 770) Pt. Becaradasaji has also mentioned this (P. 249) 3. All the above Verbs are Intransitive. 4. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 45

Page #69
Lesson 26 Pronoun- Plural Non-'a'-ending Verbs i.e., a, o etc. ending Verbs First Person Plural Amhe Vayam Tubbhe Tumhe Tujjhe } - We both/We all Amhe Vayam = 46 Te They both (Masculine)/They all (Masculine) = Ta/Tao/Tau They both (Feminine)/They all (Feminine) You both/You all Intransitive Verbs Tha = To stay = Thahimo/Thahimu/Thahima/ Thassamo/Thassamu/Thassama/ Amhe Vayam Thassimo/Thassimu/Thassima/ Thahamo/Thahamu/Thahama Nha To bathe = Future Tense Hohimo/Hohimu/Hohima/ Hossamo/Hossamu/Hossama/ Hossimo/Hossimu/Hossima/ Hohamo/Hohamu/Hohama Tubbhe Thahiha/Thahidha/Thahittha/ Thassaha/Thassadha/Thassaittha/ Tumhe Tujjhe Thassiha/Thassidha/Thassiittha = = = Second Person Plural Third Person Plural Ho To become We both shall stay. We all shall stay. We both shall become. We all shall become. You both shall stay. You all shall stay. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #70
Tubbhe Tumhe Tujihe Hohiha/Hohidha/Hohittha/ Hossaha/Hossadha/Hossaittha/ Hossiha/Hossidha/Hossiittha You both shall become. You all shall become. Te Thahinti/Thahinte/Thahire or Thahiire! They both(Mas.) will stay Thassnti/Thassnte/Thassaire/ They all (Mas.) will stay Thassinti/Thassinte/Thassiire They both(fem.) will stay They all(fem.) will stay Ta/Tao/Tau Hohinti/Hohinte/Hohire or Hohiire/ They both(Mas.) will become Hossanti/Hossante/Hossaire/ They all (Mas.) will become Hossinti/Hossinte/Hossiire They both(Fem.) will become They all (Fem.) will become Ta/Tao/Tau 1. Amhe Vayam We both/We all First Person Plural Tubbhe Tumhe Tujjhe : You both/You all Second Person Plural Personal Pronouns Plural on # Te : They both (Masculinel/They all (Masculine) Third Person Ta/Tao/Tau - They both (Feminine)/ Plural They all (Feminine) All the above Verbs are Intransitive. 3. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. Suffixes of the Future Tense (Lesson 19 to 26) Singular Plural First Person hi, ssa, ssi, ha he, ssa, ssi, ha ssam (complete suffix) hissa, hittha (complete suffix) Second Person hi, ssa, ssi hi, ssa, ssi Third Person hi, ssa, ssi hi, ssa, ssi Prakrta Grammar and Composition 47 For.Private & Personal Use Only

Page #71
Note: In the Second Person and the Third Person of the Future Tense, 'ssa' suffix is mentioned by Pischel P. 770 and Pt. Becaradasaji (Prakrta Margopadesika, P. 249) 'ssi' (Hema. Prakrta Grammar 4-275). 5.(i) In both Numbers (Singular and Plural) and three Persons (Fisrt, Second and Third) of the a-ending verbs in the Future Tense "jja', "jja' suffixes are used. In using "jja', 'jja' suffixes a of aending verbs is changed into 'e' and 'l'. (Hema. Praksta Grammar 3-157, 3-177) Aham/Ham/Ammi Amhel Vayam Tumam/Tum/Tuha Tubbhe/Tumhe/Tujjhe So = I shall laugh. - We shall laugh. - You will laugh. Hasejja/ Hasejja - Yau all will laugh. Hasijja/Hasijja - He will laugh. = She will laugh. = They (all) will laugh. - They (all) will laugh. Te Ta/Tao/Tau (ii) (iii) In both Numbers of three Persons of the a-ending, o-ending etc. verbs in the Future Tense, jja, jja suffixes are also used. Ho + jja, jja - Hojja/Hojja After adding 'a'to the a-ending, o-ending etc. verbs, jja, jja suffixes are also added. In adding these suffixes, added 'a' is changed into 'e' and 'l' like the a of a-ending verbs. Tha + a = Thaa - Thaejja/Thaejja/Thaljja/Thaijja Ho+a Hoa - Hoejja/Hoejja/Hoijja/Hoijja Nha + a - Nhaa-Nhaejja/Nhaejja/Nhaijja/Nhaljja 48 Praksta Grammar and Composition

Page #72
1. 2. Exercises Use the following Intransitive Verbs in the Active Voice. This use should be in the Present Tense, Imperative, Past Tense and the Future Tense. Make use of the Personal Pronoun as the Subject. Lajja = To embarrass Ruva = To weep Dara = To fear Kalaha = To quarrel Thakka To tire Accha To sit - Lesson 27 Intransitive Verbs Pada = To fall Uttha To get up Tadaphada: To flounder W Ghuma To go round = Nisara = To come out Rucca To shine, To glitter = Prakrta Grammar and Composition Ucchala To leap Ujjama = To endeavour Ullasa = To rejoice == Kampa = To tremble Mara: To die Khela = To play Kulla To jump = Jujjha To fight Muccha = To faint Uttara = To come down = Translate the following sentences into Prakrta - (1) We hide/shall hide. (2) He feared/fears. (3) You should get up will get up. (4) They all will get up/all get up. (5) I played/shall play. (6) She rejoices/will rejoice. (7) They should rejoice. (8) He woke up/will wake up/wakes up. (9) You all should live/will live. (10) I tire. (11) He stayed/will stay/ stays. (12) You may bathe/will bathe. (13) We faint. (14) He may fall/fell/will fall. (15) They will embarrass/embarrass. (16) You should endeavour. (17) She will die/dies. (18) He weeps/will weep. (19) You may sit. (20) They quarrelled/will Thambha To stop, To halt Kidda = To play 49

Page #73
quarrel. (21) We shall play/played. (22) I get up/ shall get up/got up. (23) He goes round/will go round/may go round/ went round. Correct the following sentences of the Present Tense in two ways. (i) Make use of the correct Verbal form in agreement with the Pronoun. (ii) Make use of the correct Pronominal form in agreement with the Verbal form. (1) Aham Lukkasi. (2) Tumam Naccami. (3) So Hasesi. (4) Amhe Hasadi. (5) Tumhe Thakkanti. (6) Te Lajjamo. (7) Ta Padadha. (8) Tubbhe Ghumanti. (9) Vayam Thai. (10) Te Marai. (11) So Khelanti. (12) Tuha Padittha. (13) Tujjhe Ucchalade. (14) Ham Kampasi. (15) Ammi Kullanti. (16) Tuha Mucchei.(17) Tumhe Nhamu.(18) Amhe Hosi. (19) Ta Utthai, (20) Tuha Marante. Correct the following sentences of the Imperative in two ways. (i) Make use of the correct Verbal form in agreement with the Pronoun. (ii) Make use of the correct Pronominal form in agreement with the Verbal form. (1) Ham Padau.(2) Tuha Ruvamo. (3) So Thakkadhi. (4) Amhe Darantu. (5) Tumhe Kampamu. (6) Tum Mucchadu. (7) Sa Kullaha. (8) Aham Jujjhentu. (9) Tubbhe Daramo. (10) HamTadaphada. (11) Te Acchau. (12) So Utthaha. (13) Ta Kheladha. (14) Ham Nhadhi. (15) Tumam Kulladu. (16) Te Ruvau. (17) Ammi Ullasa. (18) So Kalahasu. (19) Tubbhe Acchejjasu. (20) Ammi Lajjase. Correct the following sentences of the Future Tense in two ways. (i) Make use of the correct Verbal form in agreement with the Pronoun. 5. 50 Prakrta Grammar and Composition -

Page #74
6. (ii) Make use of the correct Pronominal form in agreement with the Verbal form. 7. (1) Tuha Utthissam. (2) Ham Padihisi. (3) Sa Kampihimi. (4) Aham Lajjissimo. (5) Tum Hasihiha. (6) Tumhe Darihimu. (7) Amhe Khelissadha. (8) Tubbhe Mucchissade. (9) Ta Nhahidi. (10) Tuha Marihima. (11) Tum Kullissimo. (12) Ammi Jujjhissaittha. (13) Ham Khelihiha (14) Tao Nhahidha. (15) Tau Ujjamihidha. (16) Vayam Jaggissiha. (17) So Rusissiire. (18) Te Nhahimi. (19) Tujjhe Mucchihinti. (20) Ham Ghumissimu. Fill each blank in the following sentences with an appropriate Personal Pronoun. ............... Thakkami. (1) (3). ...........Padamu. (5)........... (7). (9) (11) (13) (15) (17) (19) (21) (23) (25). (27).. ..Kalahase. Acchadha. .Thambhamu. Jujjhadu. ..Kampasi. .Ucchalae. Lajjia. .Marihimi. ..Jujjhisside. ..Jaggissadha. ..Thahidha. ..Ullasa. (2) (4) (6) (8) (10) (12) (14) (16) (18) (20) (22) (24) (26) (28). Daramo. ..Uttha. .Ghumaha. Mucchahi. .Kullau. .Ujjamantu. Ullasei. (29)..............Jaggahi. (30)........... .Sayantu. Fill each blank in the following sentences as directed. (1) Ham (Kulla - in the Present Tense) (2) Amhe (Khela in the Future Tense) Prakrta Grammar and Composition ..Nhadi. ..Nhahi. .Khelissisi. .Utthihimo. ..Mucchihinti. ...Lajjissaittha. .Ujjamejjasu. 51

Page #75
52 (3) Tumhe (4) Aham (5) Tubbhe (6) Tujjhe (7) Sa (8) Ammi (9) Aham (10) Te (Uttha in the Imperative) (Accha in the Past Tense) (Ruva - in the Imperative) (Muccha - in the Future Tense) (Lajja - in the Future Tense) (Dara - in the Past Tense) (Ullasa - in the Present Tense) (Jujjha - in the Future Tense). - Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #76
Lesson 28 Absolutive (An action completed at some past time) Intransitive Verbs Hasa - To laugh Nacca - To dance Hasa Nacca Suffixes of the Absolutive una/unam duna/duna a/ya Hasiuna/Hasiunam Nacciuna/Nacciunan Having laughed Having danced Hasiduna/Hasidunan Nacciduna/Naccidunan Having laughed Having danced Hasia/Hasiya Naccia/Nacciya Having laughed Having danced Hasium Naccium Having laughed Having danced Hasitta Naccitta Having laughed Having danced um tta The use in sentences Aham Ham Ammi Tumam Tum Tuha Hasiuna/Hasiduna/Hasia Jivami/ Jivami/ Jivemi Hasium/Hasitta = Having laughed, I live. Hasiuna/Hasiduna/Hasia Jivahi/Jivasu etc. Hasium/Hasitta - Having laughed, you should live. Hasiuna/Hasiduna/Hasia Hasium/Hasitta Jivihii/ Jivihie etc. * Having laughed, he/she will live. So Sa } Praksta Grammar and Composition 53

Page #77
Translate the following sentences into Prakrta by using the suffixes of the Absolutive: (1) Having wept, he sleeps. (3) Having tired, they sit. (5) Having danced, they hided. (2) Having tired, you all should sit. (4) Having laughed, we shall live. (6) Having fallen, you all get up. (8) Having got up, we shall rejoice. (7) Having feared, they tremble. (9) Having endeavoured, I rejoice. (10) Having fought, you die. 1. 2. 3. (i) (ii) 54 In Prakrta when an Adjective or an Indeclinable is formed by adding a suffix to the verb, it is called a Participle. The Participle is either Declinable or Indeclinable. The Absolutive and Infinitive Participles are Indeclinable and the Present, Past and Obligatory and Potential Participles are Declinable. In other words, the Particplies are also called Verbal constructions resulting in words which are either Adjectives or Indeclinables. For expressing the purport of 'having laughed', 'having slept', 'having waken up' the above-mentioned suffixes are used in Prakrta. After adding the above suffixes to the Verbs, the words so formed are known as Absolutives. When the Subject, after completing one action, does the other, the Absolutive is used for the prior action completed. Here the Absolutive-signifying word and the simple Verb, both are related to the Subject. (having laughed, he sleeps). Here 'laughed' and 'sleeps' are related to the Subject 'he'. The Absolutives are Indeclinable. Therefore, there is no inflection in them. On adding the above suffixes, una/duna etc. the a of a-ending Verbs is changed into 'I' and 'e' as, Hasiuna/Haseuna/Hasiduna/Haseduna (In the above examples only Verbal forms of 'I' are mentioned) On adding the above suffixes in a-ending and o-ending Verbs like Tha and Ho, the following Verbal forms are constructed : Thauna/Thaduna Houna/Hoduna Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #78
456 4. 5. 6. (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) All the above sentences are in the Intransitive Verbs. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. In Ardhamagadhi, for constructing the Absolutives, the suffixes (i) ttana/ttanam (ii) aya (iii) ae (iv) yana/yanam. (v) ttu are added to the Verbs. On adding ttana/ttanam, the a-of a-ending verbs, is changed into 'i' and 'e' as; Hasittana/Hasittanam aya - Hasaya = Having laughed. ae - Hasae = Having laughed. Having laughed yana/yanam - Hasiyana/Hasiyanam = Having laughed (the a of a-ending verbs is changed into 'I') ttu - Hasittu/Hasettu Having laughed (the a of a-ending verbs is changed into 'I' and 'e') (Ghatage, Page 131) Prakrta Grammar and Composition 55

Page #79
Lesson 29 Infinitive Verbs Hasa : To laugh Nacca - To dance Nacca Suffixes of the Hasa Infinitive um Hasium - For laughing or to laugh dum Hasidum - For laughing or to laugh Naccium : For dancing or to dance Naccidum - For dancing or to dance The use in sentences Hasium /Hasidum Jivami/Jivami etc. - I live for laughing. Aham Ham Ammi Tumam Tum Tuha Hasium /Hasidus Jivahi/Jivasu etc. - You should live to laugh. Hasium /Hasidus Sa Jivihil/Jivihie - He/She will live to laugh. Translate the following sentences into Praksta by using Infinitive suffixes: (1) He dances to tire. (2) She falls to sit. (3) They hide to fight. (4) You all should endeavour for getting up. (5) They should tire to sleep. (6) He should endeavour to wake up. (7) They will get up to dance. (8) I got up to Jump. (9) You will play for rejoicing. (10) He wept for sleeping. 1. In Prakyta when an Adjective or an Indeclinable is formed by adding a suffix to the verb, it is called a Participle. The Participle 56 Praksta Grammar and Composition

Page #80
is either Declinable or Indeclinable. The Absolutive and Infinitive Participles are Indeclinable and the Present, Past and Obligatory and Potential Participles are Declinable. In other words, the Particplies are also called Verbal constructions resulting in words which are either Adjectives or Indeclinables. For expressing the purport of 'for laughing', or 'to laugh' 'for dacing' or 'to dance', 'for living' or 'to live' etc., the abovementioned suffixes are used in Prakrta. The words which are formed by adding these suffixes to the Verbs are called Infinitives. These words are Indeclinable. Therefore, these are not inflected. By adding the above suffixes 'um'/dum to the Verbs, the a of a-ending verbs is changed into 'i', and 'e' as; Hasium/ Hasidur Haseur/Hasedum On adding the above suffixes to 'ho' and 'tha', the Verbal constructions are : Houm/Hodum Thaum/Thadum All the above-mentioned suffixes have been used in the Intransitive Verbs. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. In Ardhamagadhi, 'ttae' suffix is added to the verbs. On adding this suffix to the verbs, the a of a-ending Verbs is changed into 'i' and 'e'. This change does not occur in the a-ending and oending verbs etc. Only ttae suffix is added to them, as, Hasa + ttae : Hasittae/Hasettae Ho + ttae : Hottae Prakrta Grammar and Composition 57

Page #81
Lesson 30 Nouns and Verbs (1) a-ending Nouns (Masculine) Karaha - Camel Rayana - Jewel Kukkura - Dog Sayara : Ocean Gantha - Book Raya - Monarch Vayasa - Crow Narinda - King Putta - Son Balaa - Child Potta - Grandson Avayasa - Dishonour, Disgrace Ghara - House Hanuvanta - Hanumana Maula - Maternal Uncle Gavva - Pride Piamaha : Paternal Grandfather Huavaha - Fire Sasura - Father-in-law Marua = Wind Diara - Husband's younger brother Pada - Cloth Nara - Human being Kayanta - Death Paramesara - God Divayara - Sun Rahunandana - Rama Rakkhasa : Demon Vaya = Vow Siha - Lion Agama - Scripture Dukkha = Suffering Sappa = Serpent Mitta -Friend Bhava - World Duha - Grief Kuva - Well Bappa : Father Meha - Cloud Salila - Water Kara - Hand Gama - Village Samjama - Restraint 58 Praksta Grammar and Composition

Page #82
(2) Intransitive Verbs Khaya : To end, To disappear Soha : To shine Jala - To burn Sukka - To dry up, To dry Ho : To become, To exist Dula - To move about Hu = To become, To exist Dukkha = To ache Uppajja = To emanate Pala - To run away Vala : To turn Cittha - To sit Jara - To grow old Bukka - To bark Gajja = To roar, To thunder Tutta - To break Uga : To rise, To sprout, To grow Kanda = To weep Uoda = To fly Harisa - To rejoice Nassa = To disappear Nijjhara : To trickle, To drop, Gala - To vanish To drip Ludha : To fall down, Pasara : To spread To tumble down All the above Nouns are a-ending Masculine. All the above Verbs are Intransitive. 2. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 59

Page #83
Lesson 31 a-ending Nouns (Masculine) Nominative Singular Narinda - King Balaa - Child Intransitive Verbs Hasa - To laugh Jagga = To wake up Nominative Case Present Tense (Singular) (Singular) Narindo Hasai/Hasei/Hasael Hasadi/Hasedi/Hasade The king laughs. Balao Jaggai/Jaggei/Jaggael. Jaggadi/Jaggedi/Jaggade The child wakes up. Nominative Case Imperative (Singular) (Singular) Narindo Hasau/Haseu/ Hasadu/Hasedu - The king should laugh. Balao Jaggau/Jaggeu/ Jaggadu/Jaggedu - The child should wake up. Nominative Case (Singular) Narindo Past Tense (Singular) Hasia - The king laughed. Balao Jaggia - The child woke up. 60 Prakyta Grammar and Composition

Page #84
Nominative Case Future Tense (Singular) (Singular) Hasihii/Hasihie/Hasthidi/Hasihidel Narindo Hasissai/Hasissae/Hasissadi/Hasissadel Hasissidi/Hasisside The king will laugh. Balao Jaggihii/Jagginie/Jaggihidi/Jaggihide The child will Jaggissai/Jaggissae / Jaggissadi/Jaggissadel? wake up. Jaggissidi/Jaggisside 3. A 1. Narindo - Nominative Case Singular (a-ending Masculine) 2. In the a-ending Masculine, 'Narinda' etc. 'o' suffix is used in the Nominative Case Singular. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. In the Active Voice, Subject (Person, Thing etc.) is used in the Nominative Case. 4. All the above-mentioned Verbs are intransitive. 5. The Verbal form which is used with the above-mentioned Nouns is of the 'Third Person Singular Number'. 6. With Nouns used in the Nominative Case, the verb used is of the "Third Person Pronoun'. Here Noun is in the Singular Number, therefore, Verb is also of the Singular Number. 7. In Ardhamagadhi, 'e' suffix is used in the Nominative Case Singular of the a-ending Masculine Nouns; as; Narinda-Narinde. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 61

Page #85
62 Narinda King Intransitive Verbs Hasa To laugh HT Nominative Case (Plural) Narinda Balaa Narinda Lesson 32 a-ending Nouns (Masculine) Nominative Plural Balaa Nominative Case (Plural) Narinda Balaa Hasanti/Hasenti/ Hasante/Hasire Jagganti/Jaggenti/ Jaggante/Jaggire Nominative Case (Plural) Present Tense (Plural) Hasantu/Hasentu Hasia Imperative (Plural) Jaggia = Past Tense (Plural) = Balaa = Child Jaggantu/Jaggentu = Children may wake up. Jagga = To wake up Kings laugh. Children wake up. = Kings may laugh. = Kings laughed. = Children woke up. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #86
Nominative Case (Plural) Narinda Balaa Future Tense (Plural) Hasihinti/Hasihinte/Hasihiire/ Hasissanti/Hasissante/Hasissaire/ Hasissinti/Hasissinte/Hasissiire Jaggihinti/Jaggihinte/Jaggihiire/ Jaggissanti/Jaggissante/Jaggissaire/ Jaggissinti/Jaggissinte/Jaggissiire } Prakrta Grammar and Composition } 1. Narinda Nominative Case Plural (a-ending Masculine) 2. In the a-ending Masculine Noun 'Narinda' etc. 0!a suffix is used in the Nominative Case Plural. = Kings will laugh. 3. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. In the Active Voice, Subject (Person, Thing etc.) is used in the Nominative Case. 4. All the above-mentioned Verbs are Intransitive. 5. The Verbal form which is used with the above-mentioned Nouns is of the 'Third Person Plural Number'. -Children will wake up. 6. With Nouns used in the Nominative Case, the verb used is of the 'Third Person Pronoun'. Here Noun is in the Plural Number, therefore, Verb is also of the Plural Number. 63

Page #87
1. Lesson 33 Exercises Translate the following sentences into Praksta :(A). (1) Clouds thunder. (2) The cloth dries. (3) The jewel shines. (4) Disgrace spreads. (5) Fire burns. (6) The father gets up. (7) The book vanishes. (8) The friend endeavours. (9) Raghunandana (Rama) rejoices. (10) The dog barks. (11) The son trembles. (12) The house falls. (13) Human beings (men) grow old. (14) Pride vanishes. (15) The grandfather tires. (16) Vows shine. (17) Camels dance. (18) The sun rises. (19) Demons fear. (20) Lions sit. (21) The hand aches. (22) The crow flies. (B). - (1) The maternal uncle should get up. (2) The grandson should leap/leapt. (3) Pride should disappear. (4) Children should play. (5) Demons should die/died. (6) Suffering should vanish. (7) Religious books should shine. (8) The friend should rejoice! rejoiced. (9) The ocean may spread/spreads. (10) The son should live. (11) The father bathed. (C)(1) Fire will burn. (2) Religious books will shine. (3) Serpents will fly. (4) Raghunandana will rejoice. (5) The world will vanish. (6) Demons will faint. (7) The child will sulk. (8) Human beings will endeavour. (9) Houses will fall. (10) The well will dry up. Correct the following sentences of the Present Tense in two ways. (i) Make use of the correct Verbal form in agreement with the Pronoun. (ii) Make use of the correct Pronominal form in agreement with the Verbal form. 1. 2. (1) Kukkuro Bukkanti. (2) Gantho Nassante. (3) Naro Kandanti. - 64 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #88
.. ..... (4) Dukkho Tuttanti. (5) Karaho Thakkanti. (6) Maulo Thakkire. Correct the following sentences of the Imperative in two ways. (i) Make use of the correct Verbal form in agreement with the Pronoun. (ii) Make use of the correct Pronominal form in agreement with the Verbal form. (1) Sasuro Utthantu. (2) Diaro Naccantu. (3) Paramesaro Harisentu. (4) Hanuvanto Citthantu. (5) Siho Palantu. (6) Kayanto Hontu. Fill each blank in the following sentences as directed (Put the Verbal form according to the Subject). (1) Meha . (Pasara - in the Future Tense) (2) Kuva .... (Sukka - in the Future Tense) (3) Duho ................ (Nassa - in the Imperative) (4) Putto ... (Jagga - in the Present Tense) (5) Gharo (Pada - in the Past Tense) (6) Huavaho (Jala - in the Future Tense) (7) Agama .................. (Soha - in the Present Tense) (8) Bhavo ................... (Khaya - in the Future (9) Bappo ................. (Ujjama - in the Imperative) (10) Rakkhaso .................... (Jujjha - in the Future Tense) Translate the following sentences into Praksta :(A). (1) Having feared, the dog weeps/wept. (2) Having laughed, the father lives. (3) Having rejoiced, the king gets up/got up. (4) Having feared, the serpents run away. (5) Having sulked, the father-in-law sits. (6) Having fallen, the jewel breaks/broke. (7) Having waken up, the father gets up. 5. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 65

Page #89
(B). (1) The father should live for laughing. (2) The grandson should get up for dancing. (3) Fire may burn to disappear. (4) The grandfather should get up to go round. (5) Water should trickle for drying up. (6) The friend should play for rejocing (7) The sun should rise for shining. (C). (1) Having quarrelled, the son will embarrass. (2) The friend will live to rejoice. (3) The camel will dance to tire. (4) Having fallen, the house will end. (5) Having broken, the vow will vanish. (6) Demons will jump for dying. (7) Having spread, the water will dry up. 66 Praksta Grammar and Composition

Page #90
(1). a-ending Nouns (Neuter Gender) Vimana = Aircraft Patta Paper Sasana Sokkha Pleasure = = = = = Rajja Kingdom, State Pottala = Small bundle Naha - Sky = Sila Moral conduct Nayarajana Citizen Khira = Milk Chikka Sneeze Lakkuda Stick, wood Udaga Water Gana = Song Bhaya = Fear Veragga - Detachment Sacca = Truth Ratta Blood = = Government = = Marana Khetta Field Dhanna = Rice Dhana Wealth Chayana Roof Lesson 34 Nouns and Verbs = Death = Prakrta Grammar and Composition Majja = Wine Puppha Flower Vasana = Addiction Jua Gambling Asana Food Tina = Grass Vana Vattha Cloth Kattha = Wood Bhoyana Food Ghaya Sira : Head Sutta Thread Suha Pleasure Rina = Debt Bia = Seed Jivana = Life Ruva Beauty = Forest = = = = Kamma = Action Jovvana Youth Nana Knowledge Mana - Mind Jujjha = Fight = Clarified butter = 67

Page #91
(2). Intransitive Verbs 889 Vaddha To increase = 68 Viasa = To bloom, To blossom Lotta = To sleep, To roll about Cua To drop = Jagara To wake up Khijja To grieve = Hava To become Ucchaha To enthuse = Kidda To play Cirava = To delay Kudda To jump Vasa = To reside Tava To shine like flame, To mortify Cettha To endeavour = 1. All the above Nouns are a-endi, g Neuter. 2. All the above Verbs are Intransitive. Gunja = To roar Sijjha To succeed Phulla To bloom = Vijja To exist Chutta To separate = Rama = To wander happily Cukka = To mistake Kila To sport - Phura = To appear Jamma = To appear, To emerge = Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #92
Lesson 35 a-ending Nouns (Neuter) Nominative Singular Kamala - Lotus flower Dhana - Wealth Intransitive Verbs Viasa - To blossom, To bloom Vaddha : To increase Nominative Case (Singular) Present Tense (Singular) Kamalam The lotus flower Viasai/Viasei/Viasae/ Viasadi/Viasedi/Viasade blossoms. Dhanam Vaddhai/Vaddhei/Vaddhael Vaddhadi/Vaddhedi/Vaddhade Wealth increases. Nominative Case Imperative (Singular) (Singular) Kamalam Viasau/Viaseul Viasadu/Viasedu The lotus flower may blossom. Dhanam Vaddhau/Vaddheu/ Wealth Vaddhadu/Vaddhedu may increase. Nominative Case (Singualr) Kamalam Past Tense (Singular) Viasia -The lotus flower bloomed. Dhanam Vaddhia = Wealth increased. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 69

Page #93
Nominative Case (Singular) Kamalam Dhanam Future Tense (Singular) Viasihii/Viasihie/Viasihidi/Viasihide/ Viasissai/Viasissae/Viasissadi/ Viasissade/ Viasissidi/Viasisside Vaddhissade/ Vaddhissidi/Vaddhisside 70 Vaddhihii/Vaddhihie/Vaddhihidi/Vaddhihide/ Vaddhissai/Vaddhissae/Vaddhissadi/ = 1. Kamalam = Nominative Case Singular (a-ending Neuter) 2. In the a-ending Neuter, 'Kamala' etc. Nominative Case Singular. * The lotus flower will blossom. Wealth = will 3. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. In the Active Voice, Subject (Person, Thing etc.) is used in the Nominative Case. 4. All the above-mentioned Verbs are Intransitive. increase. 5. The Verbal form which is used with the above-mentioned Nouns is of the "Third Person Singular Number'. suffix is used in the 6. With Nouns used in the Nominative Case, the verb used is of the 'Third Person Pronoun'. Here Noun is in the Singular Number, therefore, Verb is also of the Singualr Number. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #94
Lesson 36 a-ending Nouns (Neuter) Nominative Plural Kamala - Lotus flower Dhana - Wealth Intransitive Verbs Viasa = To blossom, To bloom Vaddha = To increase Present Tense (Plural Number) Nominative Case (Plural Number) Kamalalm Kamalai Kamalanis Viasanti/Viasante/ Viasenti/Viasire Lotus flowers blossom. Dhanaim Dhanain Dhanani Vaddhanti/Vaddhantel Vaddhenti/Vaddhire - Wealths increase. Imperative (Plural Number) Nominative Case (Plural Number) Kamalaim Kamalaim Kamalani Viasantu/Viasentu - Lotus flowers may blossom. Dhanali Dhanaim Dhanani Vaddhantu/Vaddhentu = Wealths may increase. Nominative Case (Plural Number) Past Tense (Plural Number) Kamalaim Kamalain Kamalani Viasia - Lotus flowers bloomed. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 71

Page #95
Dhanaim) Dhanain Dhanani) Vaddhia = Wealths increased Nominative Case (Plural Number) Future Tense (Plural Number) Kamalain) Kamalain ? Kamalani ) Viasihinti/Viasihinte/Viasihiire/ Viasissanti/Viasissante/Viasissaire/ Viasissinti/Viasissinte/Viasissiire Lotus flowers will blossom ). Wealths will Dhanaim Dhanain Dhanani Vaddhihinti/Vaddhihinte/Vaddhihiire/ Vaddhissanti/Vaddhissante/Vaddhissaire/ Vaddhissinti/Vaddhissinte/Vaddhissiire increase. 1. Kamalaim/Kamalaim/Kamalani: Nominative Case Plural (a-ending Neuter) 2. In the a-ending Neuter, "Kamala' etc. im -aim, in -aim, ni -ani suffixes are used in the Nominative Case Plural. 3. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. In the Active Voice, Subject (Person, Thing etc.) is used in the Nominative Case. 4. All the above-mentioned Verbs are Intransitive. 5. The Verbal form which is used with the above-mentioned Nouns is of the 'Third Person Plural Number'. 6. With Nouns used in the Nominative Case, the verb used is of the "Third Person Pronoun'. Here Noun is in the Plural Number, therefore, Verb is also of the Plural Number. 72 Praksta Grammar and Composition

Page #96
2. Lesson 3 7 Exercises Translate the following sentences into Prakrta : .. (A) (1) Pleasure increases. (2) Milk drops. (3) Citizens rejoice. (4) The small bundle falls down. (5) Youth blossoms. (6) The sky thunders. (7) Moral conduct appears. (8) Grass burns. (9) The debt increases. (B) (1) Detachment should increase. (2) Suffering should vanish. (3) The state should endeavour. (4) Knowledge should succeed. (5) The government should fear. (6) Moral conduct should shine. (7) Wealth may increase. (8) The small bundle may fall down. (9) The truth should blossom. (10) Water may drop. (C) (1) Citizens will sleep. (2) Beauty will bloom. (3) The government will endeavour. (4) Seeds will sprout. (5) Wood will burn. (6) The state will enthuse. (7) Karmas will vanish. (8) Suffering will spread. (9) Aircrafts will fly. (10) The truth will shine. (D) (1) The head ached. (2) The citizen stayed. (3) The thread broke. (4). Wood vanished. (5). Fear disappeared. (6) Pleasure appeared. (7). Knowledge succeeded. (8) The aircraft flied. (9) The cloth burned. Correct the following sentences in two ways. (i) Use the Verbal form according to the subject. (ii) Use the subject according to the Verbal form. (1) Siram Dukkhanti. (2) Lakkuda Jalante. (3) Vimanaim Uddadi. (4) Udagam Cuihinti. (5) Nayarajanani Palai. (6) Jivanam Tavantu. (7) Manaim Ucchahadu. (8). Dhannam Uppajjissinti. (9) Saccam Chuttire. (10) Veraggani Sohai. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 73

Page #97
(1) a-ending Nouns (Feminine) 74 Parikkha = Examination Siya = Sita Sasa = Sister Vaya = Speech Kamala Wealth Ganga = Ganges Tanaya = Daughter Kaha = Story Jaya = Woman Meha Intelligence Bhukkha Hunger Tanha = Desire Kanna Girl Guha = Cave Suya Daughter Maya - Mother Ana = Order Karuna = Compassion Jara = Old age Nammaya = Naramada Jauna Yamuna Faith Saddha Sanjha Evening Tisa Thirst == Nisa = Night Kalasiya = Small earthen water pot = = Lesson 38 Nouns and Verbs = = Jhumpada = Hut Paittha Reputation Sikkha Education Maira = Wine Iccha Desire Dhua = Daughter Mahila = Woman Himsa Violence H = = = = = Nidda = Sleep Pasamsa Praise Soha Splendour Saria River Gadda Ditch, Pit Nananda Husband's sister Panna Wisdom Bhajja = Wife - = = 33 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #98
(2) Intransitive Verbs Chajja - To shine Uvarama : To detach Biha : To fear Thambha - To stop, To halt Khaya : To vanish Joha - To fight Ussasa - To breathe Khanja - To limp Chubbha : To agitate Gadayada = To whine Uvasama = To calm down Kilisa - To grieve Jambha : To yawn Khasa - To cough Uvavisa - To sit Giijha - To attach Khedda - To play Khisa : To move away All the above Nouns are a-ending Feminine. All the above Verbs are Intransitive. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 75

Page #99
Intransitive Verbs Hasa = To laugh Sasa Nominative Case (Singular) Maya Maya Lesson 39 a-ending Nouns (Feminine) Nominative Singular Sasa = Sister Maya Nominative Case (Singular) Sasa 76 Hasai/Hasei/Hasae / Hasadi/Hasedi/Hasade Present Tense (Singular) Jaggai/Jaggei/Jaggae/ Nominative Case (Singular) Sasa Imperative (Singular) Hasau/Haseu / Hasadu/Hasedu Jaggau/Jaggeu/ Jaggadu/Jaggedu Past Tense (Singular) Hasia Jaggia } Maya Mother Jagga To wake up = } = = The sister laughs. = The sister should laugh. The mother wakes up. 1=1 The mother should wake up. The sister laughed. - The mother woke up. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #100
Nominative Case Future Tense (Singular) (Singular) Hasihii/Hasihie/ Hasihidi/Hasihide/ Sasa Hasissai/Hasissae/Hasissadi/Hasissadel 7 The sister will laugh. Hasissidi/Hasisside Maya Jggihii/Jggihie/Jggihidi/Jggihide/ Jggissai/JggissaelJggissadi/Jggissade/ Jggissidi/Jggisside The mother will wake up. 1. Sasa= Nominative Case Singular (a-ending Feminine) 2. In the a-ending Feminine, 'Sasa' etc. Zero suffix is used in the Nominative Case Singular. 3. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. In the Active Voice, Subject (Person, Thing etc.) is used in the Nominative Case. 4. All the above-mentioned Verbs are Intransitive. 5. The Verbal form which is used with the above-mentioned Nouns is of the 'Third Person Singular Number'. 6. With Nouns used in the Nominative Case, the verb used is of the "Third Person Pronoun'. Here Noun is in the Singular Number, therefore, Verb is also of the Singular Number. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 77

Page #101
Sasa Sister Intransitive Verbs Hasa = To laugh Nominative Case (Plural) Sasa Sasao Sasau Mayao Mayau in ham ho = Mayao Mayau Lesson 40 a-ending Nouns (Feminine) Nominative Plural Nominative Case (Plural) Sasa Sasao Sasau (Plural) Sasa Sasao Sasau Nominative Case 78 Present Tense (Plural) Hasanti/Hasenti Hasante/Hasire Imperative (Plural) Maya Mother Jagganti/Jaggenti Jaggante/Jaggire Jagga = To wake up Hasantu/Hasentu Past Tense (Plural) Hasia = = = = = Jaggantu/Jaggentu Mothers should wake up. Sisters laugh. Mothers wake up. Sisters should laugh. Sisters laughed. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #102
Maya Jaggia : Mothers woke up. Mayao Mayau Nominative Case Future Tense (Plural) (Plural) Sasa Hasihinti/Hasihinte/Hasihiire/ Sasao Hasissanti/Hasissante/Hasissaire Sasau Hasissinti/Hasissinte/Hasisstire >= Sisters will laugh. Maya Jaggihinti/Jaggihinte/Jaggihiire/ Mayao Jaggissanti/Jaggissante/Jaggissairel S: Mothers will Wake up. Mayau Jaggissinti/Jaggissinte/Jaggissiires 1. Sasa/Sasao/Sasiu: Nominative Case Plural Number (a-ending Feminine) 2. In the a-ending Feminine Nouns Sasa etc. 'zero', 'u', 'o' suffixes are used in the Nominatve case Plural. 3. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. In the Active Voice the Subject (Person, thing etc.) is in the Nominative Case. 4. All the above-mentioned Verbs are Intransitive. 5. The Verbal form used with the above-mentioned Nouns is of the "Third Person Plural Number'. 6. With the Noun in the Active Voice, the Verb used is of the 'Third Person Pronoun'. Here the Noun is Plural, therefore, the Verb is also of the Plural Number. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 79

Page #103
80 Lesson 4 1 Exercises Translate the following sentences into Prakrta : (A) - (1) Sita shines. (2) The sister agitates. (3) The mother rejoices. (4) Speech tires. (5) The order appears. (6) Wealth increases. (7) Compassion shines. (8) The Ganges spreads. (9) Old age increases. (10) The evening occurs. (11) Girls stop. (12) Huts burn. (13) Small earthen water pots break. (14) Daughters cough. (15) Desires increase. (16) Examinations occur. (17) The evening shines. (18) (Types of) Speech succeed. (19) Rivers dry up. (20) Women endeavour. (B). (1) Faith should increase. (2) Hunger should disappear. (3) Wine should end. (4) The daughter should rejoice. (5) Women should mortify. (6) Wisdom should succeed. (7) (Types of) Speech should appear. (8) Women should enthuse. (C) - (1) Education will spread. (2) Desires should calm down. (3) Rivers will dry up. (4) Thirst increased. (5) Wealth will shine. (6) The examination will occur. (7) Speech will spread. (8) Caves will vanish. (9) Girls will delay. (10) Sisters will stay. (D) - (1) The daughter detached. (2) The sister yawned. (3) The husband's sister limped. (4) The mother coughed. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #104
Lesson 42 Past Participle (Use in the Active Voice) For expressing the purport of the Past Tense, the Past Participle is used in Praksta. The Past Participles are formed by adding the following suffixes to the Verbs. The Past Participles partake of the nature of an Adjective. When the suffixes of this participle are added to the Intransitive Verbs, it can be used in the Active Voice. The inflection of these will be according to the Subject. The subject may be in the Masculine, Neuter and Feminine Genders, therefore the inflection will be accordingly. In the Masculine Gender, the inflexion of the Past Participle will be according to the Masculine Noun 'Deva' and in the Neuter Gender, the inflexion will be according to 'Kamala' and in the Feminine Gender, the inflection will be according to 'Kaha'. The Past Participle is a-ending (in Masculine or Neuter Gender). For changing the Participle into Feminine Gender, the 'a' suffix of the Participle is changed into a. By this, the Participle becomes a-ending Feminine. (A) Verbs Hasa : To laugh Nacca : To dance Jagga = To wake up Ho: To become or To exist Suffixes of the Past Hasa Nacca Jagga Participle a/ya Hasia/Loucher Naccial Danced Jaggla/ -Woke up hoal - Existed Hoa/ Laughed Hasiya . Nacciya Jaggiya "Hoya ta Hasita : Laughed Naccita : Danced Jaggita =Woke up Hota - Existed Hasida * Laughed Naccida -Danced Jaggida :Woke up Hoda : Existed Note - a of a-ending verbs is changed into i. (i) Use in sentences (Subject Masculine) (Active Voice) (Singular) Narindo Hasio/Hasito/Hasido = The King laughed. Narindo Hoo/Hoto/Hodo : The King existed. Note * In Ardhamagadhi, Narinda-Narinde is also used. So the sentence will be Narinde Hasie/Hasite - The king laughs. - Ho da Prakrta Grammar and Composition 81

Page #105
Use in sentences (Active Voice) (Subject Masculine) (Plural) Narinda - Kings laughed. Hasia/Hasiya/ Hasita/Hasida Hoa/Hoya/ Hota/Hoda Narinda : Kings existed. Viasa - To bloom Ho - To exist (B) Verbs Vaddha - To increase Suffixes of the Past Vaddha Participle Viasa Ho a/ya Vaddhia/Vaddhiya - increased Vaddhita : increased Vadahida -increased Viasia/Viasiya : Hoa/Hoya : bloomed existed Viasita - bloomed Hota : existed Viasida : bloomed Hoda : existed ta da Note-a of a-ending verbs is changed into i. (i) Use in sentences (Subject Neuter) (Active Voice) (Singular) Viasiam/Viasiyam/ Kamalam Viasitam/Viasidan - The lotus bloomed. Kamalam Hoam/Hoyam/ Hotar/Hodam = The lotus existed. 82 Prakyta Grammar and Composition

Page #106
(11) Use in sentences (Subject Neuter) (Active Voice) (Plural) Kamalaim Viasiaim/Viasiain/Viasiani/ Kamalain Viasitaim/Viasitais/Viasitani/ - Lotuses bloomed. Kamalani Viasidaim/Viasidais/Viasidani Kamalaim) Hoain/Hoais/Hoani/ Kamalai Hotaim/Hotais/Hotani/ Kamalani ) Hodaim/Hodain/Hodani - Lotuses existed. Verbs Vttha To get up Saya : To sleep Tha = To stay Saya Tha Suffixes of the Past Uttha Participle a/ya Utthia/Utthiya - got up Utthita : got up da Usthida zgot up Sayia/Sayiya : slept Thaa/Thaya = - stayed ta Sayita : slept Thata : stayed Sayida : slept Thada - Stayed Note-a of a-ending Verbs is changed into i. (i) Use in sentences (Subject Feminine) (Active Voice) (Singluar) Sasa Utthia/Utthiya/Utthita/Utthida - The Sister got up. Sasa Thaa/Thaya/Thata/Thada The Sister stayed. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 83

Page #107
(ii) Use in sentences (Subject Feminine) (Plural) Sasa Sasao Sasau Sasa Sasao Sasau 84 (Active Voice) Utthia/Utthiya/Utthita/Utthida/ Utthiao/Utthlyao/Utthitao/Utthidao/ Utthiau/Utthiyau/Utthitau/Utthidau Thaa/Thaya/Thata/Thada/ Thaao/Thayao/Thatao/Thadao/ Thaau/Thuyau/Thatau/Thadau Note Before using the Past Participle in the Feminine Gender, the Past Participle is changed into Feminine Gender. For changing the Past Participle into Feminine Gender the a suffix is added, as, Utthia Utthia, Utthida-Utthida, Utthita-Utthita. Sisters got up. = Sisters stayed. By this the Past Participle becomes a-ending Feminine. The inflection of these will be according to 'Kaha'. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #108
Lesson 4 3 Present Participle For expressing the purport of 'laughing', 'sleeping', 'dancing' etc. the Present Participle is used in Prakrta. The Present Participles are formed by adding the following suffixes to the Verbs. The Present Participle partakes of the nature of an Adjective. Therefore, their Genders (Masculine, Neuter and Feminine) Numbers (Singluar, Plural) and cases (Nominative, Accusative etc.) are according to a Noun qualified by an adjective. In the Masculine Gender the inflexion of the Participle will be according to 'Deva', in the Neuter Gender, the inflexion will be according to 'Kamala' and in the Feminine Gender, the inflexion will be according to 'Kaha'. The Present Participle is a-ending (Masculine and Neuter). For changing the Participle into Feminine Gender a is added to the suffix of the Participle. By this, the Participle becomes a-ending Feminine. (A) Intransitive Verbs Suffixes of the Present Participle (i) Hasa = To laugh Nacca To dance Jagga = To wake up nta mana Narindo Hasanta = Laughing Hasamana = Laughing Use in sentences : Masculine Narindo Hasa Nacca (Present Participle) Prakrta Grammar and Composition Naccanta Jagganta = Dancing Waking up Jaggamana Naccamana = Dancing Waking up (Noun qualified by an adjective i.e., Present Participle Masculine, Singular Number, Nominative Case (In all the Tenses) (Present Tense) (Singular) Hasanto/Hasamano ZH Jagga Utthai etc. The Laughing king gets up. => = (Imperative) Hasanto/Hasamano Utthau etc. The Laughing king should get up. 85

Page #109
(Past Tense) Narindo Hasanto/ (i) Utthia : The Laughing Hasamano king got up. (Past Participle) (ii) Utthio etc. : The Laughing king got up (Future Tense) Hasanto/Hasamano Utthihii etc. = The Laughing king will get up. Narindo Note - 1. Here inflexion of the Present Participle agrees with the qualified Noun 'Narinda'. Here 'Narinda' is in the Nominative Case therefore, the Participle is also in the Nominative Case. If the qualified Noun "Narinda' is inflected in the Accusative, Instrumental, Dative etc. cases, the Present Participle will be inflected accordingly. These cases will be dealt with later on. Note - 2. In Ardhamagadhi Narinda- Narinde will be in the Nominative case. So the Present Participle will be Hasante, Hasamane in the Nominative case. So the sentence will be as follows. Narinde Hasante/Hasamane Utthai etc. (Present Tense) In other Tenses the sentences can be constructed likewise. (11) Use in sentences :- Noun qualified by an adjective i.e., Present Participle Masculine, Plural, Nominative Case (In all the Tenses) (Mas.) (Present Participle) (Present Tense) (Plural) Narinda Hasanta/ Hasamana Utthanti/etc. - Laughing kings get up. 86 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #110
Narinda Narinda Narinda (B) Suffixes of the Present Participle Hasanta/ Hasamana Hasanta/ Hasamana Kamalam Intransitive Verbs Vaddha = To increase Kamalam Hasanta/ Hasamana (Singular) (Imperative) (Past Tense) (i) Utthia = Laughing kings got up. Utthantu/etc. (ii) Utthia nta Vaddhanta = increasing mana Vaddhamana = increasing (i) Use in sentences Prakrta Grammar and Composition Viasantam/ Viasamanam Vaddha Viasantam/ Viasamanam (Past Participle) = (Future Tense) Utthihinti/etc. Laughing kings got up. (Neut.) (Present Participle) (Present Tense) Laughing kings should get up. = Viasa Viasa To bloom Viasanta = blooming Viasamana = blooming Noun qualified by an adjective i.e., Present Participle Neuter, Singular Number, Nominative Case (In all the Tenses) Laughing kings will get up. (Imperative) Sohai/etc. The blooming lotus shines. Sohau/etc. The blooming lotus should shine. 87

Page #111
Kamalam (Past Tense) Viasantam/ (i) Sohia = The blooming lotus Viasamanam shone. (Past Participle) (ii) Sohias/etc.- The blooming lotus shone. (Future Tense) Viasantam/ Sohihii/etc. = The blooming lotus Viasamana will shine. shan Kamalam Use in sentences : Noun qualified by an adjective i.e., Present Participle Neuter, Plural Number, Nominative case (In all the Tenses) (Neut.) (Present Participle) (Present Tense) (Plural) Kamalaim Sohanti/etc. = Blooming lotuses Kamalaim Viasantaim/ Viasantaim/ Vlasantani shine. Kamalani (Imperative) Sohantu/etc. - Blooming lotuses Kamalain Kamalain Kamalani Viasantaim/ Viasantain/ Viasantani should shine. (Past Tense) (i) Sohia Kamalaim Kamalaii Kamalani Viasantaim! Viasantaim/ Viasantani - Blooming lotuses shone. Kamalaim Kamalain Kamalani Viasantaim/ Viasantain/ Viasantani (Past Participle) (ii) Sohiaim/Sohiais/ Sohiani - Blooming lotuses shone. 88 Prakyta Grammar and Composition

Page #112
SO nta (Future Tense) Kamalai Viasantaim/ Sohihinti/etc. - Blooming lotuses Kamalain Viasantaim/ will shine. Kamalani Viasantani (C) Intransitive Verbs Nacca - To dance Saya : To sleep Suffixes of the Present Participle Nacca Saya Naccanta - Dancing Sayanta = Sleeping mana Naccamana - Dancing Sayamana - Sleeping (1) Use in sentences: Noun qualified by an adjective i.e., Present Participle Feminine, Singular, Nominative Case (In all the Tenses) Note - First of all the Participle should be changed into Feminine Gender. For this add a suffix (saccanta, Sayanta, Naccamana, Sayamana). It will now be inflected according to 'Kaha'. (For forming the Feminine Gender 'i' suffix is also used, as Naccanti, Sayanti, Naccamani, Sayamani. Their inflexion will be according to the Feminine Gender Noun 'lacchi'. i-ending terms will be dealt with later on). (Fem.) (Present Participle) (Present Tense) (Singular) Sasa Naccanta/ Naccamana Thakkai/etc. - The Dancing sister tires. (Imperative) Thakkau/etc. - The Dancing sister should tire. Sasa Naccanta/ Naccamana Praksta Grammar and Composition 89

Page #113
Sasa Sasa (2) Use in sentences: Naccanta/ Naccamana * Naccanta/ Naccamana 90 (PastTense) (Past Participle) (Plural) (i) Thakkia - The Dancing sister tired. Note First of all the Participle should be changed into Feminine Gender. For this add a suffix (Naccanta, Sayanta, Naccamana, Sayamana). It will now be inflected according to 'Kaha'. (Future Tense) (ii) Thakkia/ = The Dancing Thakkida sister tired. Sasa Naccanta/Naccamana Sasao Naccantao/Naccamanao Sasau Naccantau/Naccamanau Noun qualified by an adjective i.e., Present Participle Feminine, Plural, Nominative Case (In all the Tenses) For forming the Feminine Gender 'i' suffix is also used, as Naccanti, Sayanti, Naccamani, Sayamani. Their inflexion will be according to the Feminine Gender Noun 'lacchi'. i-ending terms will be dealt with later on. (Fem.) (Present Participle) (Present Tense) Thakkihii/etc. = The Dancing sister will tire. Sasa Naccanta/Naccamana Sasao Naccantao/Naccamanao Sasau Naccantau/Naccamanau Thakkanti/etc. Dancing sisters tire. (Imperative) = Thakkantu/etc. = Dancing sisters may tire. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #114
(Past Tense) Sasa Naccanta/Naccamana (i) Thakkia Dancing sisters Sasao Naccantao/Naccamanao tired. Sasau Naccantau/Naccamanau (Past Participle) Sasa Naccanta/Naccamana (ii) Thakkia/Thakkiao/ Sasao Naccantao/Naccamanao Thakkiau - Dancing sisters Sasau Naccantau/Naccamanau tired. (Future Tense) Sasa Naccanta/Naccamana Thakkihinti/etc. - Dancing sisters Sasao Naccantao/Naccamanao will tire. Sasku Naccantau/Naccamanau 1. 2. All the above verbs are Intransitive. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. For expressing Past Tense Past Participle is also used. Prakyta Grammar and Composition 91

Page #115
Lesson 44 Exercises Translate the following sentences into Prakrta. For expressing the Past Tense make use of the Past Participle and the Verb in the Past Tense :(A). (1) The embarrassing son sits. (2) The barking dog runs away. (3) The suffering grandfather slept. (4) The endeavouring friend rejoiced. (5) The fearing child weeps. (6) The burning cloth will vanish. (7) Trembling demons sit. (8) Spreading oceans will dry up. (9) Quarrelling grandsons trembled. (10) Dancing camels tire. (11) The whining son sat. (12) The laughing man should live. (13) The rejoicing father should endeavour. (14) The floundering demon died. (15) Dropping water dried up. (B). (1) Burning wood vanishes. (2) The endeavouring citizen lived. (3) Increasing detachment shines. (4) The flying aircraft fell down. (5) Fighting kingdoms vanish. (6) Increasing moral conduct blossoms. (7) Mistaking government fears. (8) Succeeding truth will shine. (9) Vanishing Karmas separate. (10) Tumbling down small bundles fell. (C)(1) The rejoicing daughter got up. (2) Increasing faith shines. (3) The calming down wife sleeps. (4) The enthusing mother sits. (5) The spreading Narmada dried up. (6) Burning huts vanished. (7) Increasing reputation shines. (8) Grieving women go round. (9) The appearing speech succeeded. (10) Burning grass vanished. 92 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #116
Lesson 4 5 Past Participle (Use in the Impersonal form) Nouns Pronouns a-ending Masculine Gender Narinda Amha - Aham/Har/Ammi (Personal PronounFirst Person, Nominative Singular) a-ending Neuter Gender Kamala Tumha+Tumam/Tum/Tuha (Personal PronounSecond Person, Nominative Singular) a-ending Feminine Gender Sasa Ta So (Masculine) (Personal PronounThird Person, Nominative Singular) Ta-Sa (Feminine) (Personal PronounThird Person, Nominative Singular) Intransitive Verbs Hasa - To laugh Viasa - To bloom Jagga = To wake up Vaddha : To increase (1) Instrumental Neuter Gender - The king laughed. Singular Singular Hasiam/Hasidam/ Narindena/Narindenam Hasiyam/Hasitam Kamalena/Kamalena Viasiam/Viasidam/ Viasiyam/Viasitam : The lotus bloomed. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 93

Page #117
Sasae/Sasai/Sasaa Mai/Mae/Me/Mamae Tai/Tae/Tume/Tumae Tena/Tenam Tae/Tai/Taa (ii) Instrumental Plural Narindehi/ Narindehim/ Narindehim Kamalehi/ Kamalehim/ Kamalehim Sasahi/Sasahim/ Sasahim Amhehi/Amhahi 94 Jaggiam/Jaggidam/ Jaggiyam/Jaggitam Hasiam/Hasidam/ Hasiyam/Hasitam Hasiam/Hasidam/ Hasiyam/Hasitam Hasiam/Hasidam/ Hasiyam/Hasitam Hasiam/Hasidam/ Hasiyam/Hasitam Neuter Gender Singular Hasiam/Hasidam/ Hasiyam/Hasitam Jaggiam/Jaggidam/ Jaggiyam/Jaggitam Hasiam/Hasidam/ Hasiyam/Hasitam = = I laughed. - You laughed. = = The sister woke up. He laughed. = Viasiam/Viasidam/ Viasiyam/Viasitam = Lotuses bloomed. = She laughed. Kings laughed. Sisters laughed. = We laughed. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #118
Tubbhehim/Tumhehim Hasiam/Hasidam/ Tujjhehim Hasivam/Hasitam : You laughed. Tehi/Tehim/Tehin Hasiam/Hasidam/ Hasiyam/Hasitam - They laughed. Tahi/Tahis/Tahim Hasiam/Hasidam) Hasiyam/Hasitam : They (women) laughed. 1. (A) Narindena/Narindenam (a-ending Masculine GenderInstrumental case Singluar) Kamalena/Kamalena Sasae/Sasai/Saska Mai/Mae/Me/Mamae (a-ending Neuter GenderInstrumental case Singular) (a-ending FeminineInstrumental case Singular) (First Person PronounInstrumental case Singular) (Masculine feminine) (Second Person PronounInstrumental case Singular) (Masculine Feminine) (Third Person PronounInstrumental case Singular) (Masculine) Tai/Tae/Tume/Tumae Tena/Tenan Tae/Tai/Tia (Third Person PronounInstrumental case Singular) (Feminine) Thus, for the consturction of Instrumental Singular from the a-ending, (Masculine and Neuter) Nouns. 'na', and 'nam' suffixes are added to them, and on adding 'na' and 'nam". the a of a-ending nouns is changed into 'e' (Narindena! Prakrta Grammar and Composition 95

Page #119
Narindenam) (Kamalena/Kamalenam). In the Singular of aending Feminine Nouns 'e', 'I', 'a' suffixes are added, (Sasae/ Sasai/Sasaa). The Third Person Pronoun, Instrumental Singular (Masculine) and the Third Person Pronoun, Instrumental Singular (Feminine) are inflected like a-ending Masculine and a-ending Feminine Nouns as above. The rest, First Person and Second Person Pronouns should be learnt in the above-mentioned manner. (B) Narindehi/Narindehim/ 96 Narindehim Kamalehi/Kamalehim/ Kamalehim Sasahi/Sasahim/Sasahim Amhehi/Amhahi Tubbhehim/Tumhehim Tujjhehim Tehi/Tehim/Tehim Tahi/Tahim/Tahim (a-ending Masculine GenderInstrumental case Plural) (a-ending Neuter GenderInstrumental case Plural) (a-ending FeminineInstrumental case Plural) (First Person PronounInstrumental case Plural) (Masculine-Feminine) (Second Person PronounInstrumental case Plural) (Masculine-Feminine) (Third Person Pronoun Instrumental case Plural) (Feminine) For the construction of Instrumental Plural of a-ending Masculine and Neuter Nouns and a-ending Feminine Nouns. Prakrta Grammar and Composition (Third Person PronounInstrumental case Plural) (Masculine)

Page #120
2. 3. 'hi', 'him', 'him' suffixes are added to them. In adding these suffixes the a of a-ending nouns is changed into 'e'. (Narindehi/ Narindehim/Narindehim; and there is no change in the a-ending Nouns Sasahi/Sasahim/Sasahim). First Person, Second Person and Third Person Pronouns of the instrumental Plural should be learnt in the above mentioned manner. (C) In Ardhamagadhi the First Person Instrumental Plural (Amhehim) is used. (Pischel P. 614) If the Verb is Intransitive, the Past Participle also takes the Impersonal Form. For changing the Past Participle into the Impersonal Form, the Subject is changed into the Instrumental Singular or Plural and the Participle will always be inflected in the Nonimative Case Neuter Gender Singular Number. All the above Verbs are Intransitive and all the sentences are in the impersonal form. This type of Impersonal form does not exist in English. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 97

Page #121
Lesson 46 Exercise Translate the following sentences into Praksta : (1) Water dropped. (2) Clouds thundered. (3) The friend rejoiced. (4) Dishonour spread. (5) The ocean dried. (6) Fire burned. (7) Death vanished. (8) We trembled. (9) You went round. (10) He played. (11) The aircraft flied. (12) She rejoiced. (13) Woods burned. (14) The sun rose. (15) Men emanated. (16) Dogs barked. (17) Wells dried up. (18) Demons died. (19) Jewels shined. (20) Lions roared. (21) The examination occurred. (22) Girls hided. (23) Women calmed down. (24) The daughter coughed. (25) Reputation disappeared. (26) Old age increased. (27) Pleasure ended. (28) Rice grew up. (29) Hunger calmed down. (30) States fought. (31) They tired. (32) You feared. (33) They (Feminine) played. (34) Both of you bathed. (35) The small bundle fell down. 98 Prakyta Grammar and Composition

Page #122
Lesson 4 7 Intransitive Verbs (use in the Impersonal form) Nouns a-ending Masculine Gender Narinda a-ending Neuter Gender Kamala a-ending Feminine Gender Sasa Intransitive Verbs Hasa To laugh Vaddha To increase = Pronouns Amha (Personal Pronoun First Person, Nominative Singular) - Aham/Ham/Ammi Tumha-Tumam/Tum/Tuha (Personal Pronoun - Second Person, Nominative Singular) Ta -So (Masculine) (Personal Pronoun Third Person, Nominative Singular) Ta-Sa (Feminine) (Personal Pronoun Third Person, Nominative Singular) Jagga = To wake up Viasa = To bloom - The above-mentioned Verbs are Intransitive. Intransitive Verbs are used in the Nominative case and in the Impersonal form. For the construction of the Impersonal forms from the Intransitive Verbs, 'ijja' and 'ia', 'iya' suffixes are added to the Verbs. In the Impersonal forms the subject is used in the Instrumental case (Singular or Plural). After adding the suffixes of the Impersonal form to the Verbs, suffixes (i, e, di, de) of the Third Person Singular Number are added. The Impersonal form is formed in the Present Tense, Past Tense and in the Prakrta Grammar and Composition 99

Page #123
Imperative. In the Future Tense, the Verbal inflexion in the Nominative Case continues. In it the suffixes 'ijja' etc. are not added to the Verbs. For expressing the Past Tense the Past Participle is used in the Impersonal form. This type of Impersonal form does not exist in English. Suffixes of the Impersonal form Hasa ijja ia /iya Hasijja Instrumental Singular (Noun) Hasia/ Hasiya Narindena/Narindenam Kamalena/Kamalenam Sasae/Sasai/Sasaa Instrumental Singular (Pronoun) Mai/Mae/Me/Mamae 100 Tai/Tae/Tume/Tumae Present Tense (Third Person Singular) Hasijjai Hasijjadi Hasiai/ Hasiadi etc. Past Tense Imperative (Third Person (Third Person Singular) Singular) Hasijjau Hasijjadu Hasiau/ Hasiadu Hasijjaia (Hasijjia) Hasiaia (Hasija) Present Tense Hasijjai/etc. Hasiai/etc. Viasijjai/etc. Viasiai/etc. Jaggijjai/etc. Jaggiai/etc. Hasijjai/etc. Hasiai/etc. Hasijjai/etc. Hasiai/etc. = The king laughs. - The lotus blooms. The sister wakes up. 1 = I laugh. == : You laugh. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #124
Tena/Tenam Hasijjai/etc. Hasiai/etc. : He laughs. Tae/Tai/Tua Hasijjai/etc. Hasiai/etc. - She laughs. Instrumental Singular Imperative (Noun) Narindena/ Hasijjau/Hasijjadu Narindenam Hasiau/Hasiadu The king should laugh. The lotus may Kamalena/ Kamalenan Vlasijau/Viasijjadu Viasiau/Viasiadu bloom. Sasae/Sasai/ Jaggijjau/Jaggijjadu Jaggiau/Jaggiadu The sister should wake up. Sasaa Instrumental Singular (Pronoun) Mai/Mael Hasijjau/Hasijjadu Me/Mamae Hasiau/Hasiadu : I should laugh. Tai/Tae/ Tume/Tumae Hasijjau/Hasijjadu Hasiau/Hasiadu * You should laugh. Tena/Tenam Hasijau/Hasijjadu Hasiau/Hasiadu - He should laugh. Tae/Tai/Taa Hasijjau/Hasijjadu = She should laugh. Hasiau/Hasiadu Prakrta Grammar and Composition 101

Page #125
Instrumental Singular Past Tense (Noun) Narindena/Narindenam Kamalena/Kamalenam Sasae/Sasai/Sasaa Instrumental Singular (Pronoun) Mai/Mae/Me/Mamae Tena/Tenam Tae/Tai/Taa Tai/Tae/Tume/Tumae Hasijjia/Hasiaia Hasijjaia (Hasijjia) Hasiaia (Hasiia) Viasijjaia (Viasijjia) Viasiaia (Viasiia) Narindena/Narindenam Jaggijjaia (Jaggijjia) Jaggiaia (Jaggiia) 102 Hasijjia/Hasiaia Instrumental Singular Future Tense (Noun) Hasijjia/Hasiaia = I laughed. - The king laughed. = Hasihii/etc. The lotus bloomed. = Hasijjia/Hasiaia = He laughed. Note: (i) In the Impersonal form Past Participle is also used for expressing the Past Tense. (See lesson 45 (ii)) The sister woke up. (ii) The Verble forms of Tha etc. will be Thaijjasi/Thaiasi, Thaijjahi/Thaiahi, Thaijjahia, Thaiahia You laughed. = She laughed. Note: In this way other sentences should be constructed. Hasihii is Prakrta Grammar and Composition = The king will laugh.

Page #126
used in the Nominative case. In the Future Tense this Verbal form is used in the impersonal form. In it ijja etc. suffixes are not added. Instrumental Plural Present Tense Noun Narindehi/ Hasijjai/etc. Kings laugh. Narindehim/ Hasiai/etc. Narindehin Kamalehi/ Kamalehim/ Kamalehin Viasijjai/etc. Viasiai/etc. : Lotuses bloom. Sasahi/Sasahim/ Jaggijjai/etc. Sisters wake up. Sasahin Jaggiai/etc. Instrumental Plural Pronoun We laugh. Amhehi/Amhahi Hasijjai/etc. Hasiai/etc. Tubbhehirn/Tumhehim Hasijiai/etc. Tujjhehin Hasiai/etc. * You laugh. Tehi/Tehim/Tehis Hasiljai/etc. Hasijjai/etc. Hasiai/etc. They (Masculine) laugh. Tahi/Tahim/Tahin Hasijjai/etc. Hasiai/etc. * They (Feminine) laugh. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 103

Page #127
Instrumental Plural Imperative Noun Narindehi/ Narindehim/ Narindehim Kamalehi/ Kamalehim/ Kamalehim Sasahi/Sasahim/ Sasahim Instrumental Plural Pronoun Amhehi/Amhahi Tujjhehim Tehi/Tehim/Tehim Tahi/Tahim/Tahim Tubbhehim/Tumhehim Hasijjau/Hasijjadu/ Hasiau/Hasiadu 104 Hasijjau/Hasijjadu/ Hasiau/Hasiadu Viasijjau/Viasijjadu/ Viasiau/Viasiadu Jaggijjau/Jaggijjadu/ Jaggiau/Jaggiadu Hasijjau/Hasijjadu/ Hasiau/Hasiadu Hasijjau/Hasijjadu/ Hasiau/Hasiadu Hasijjau/Hasijjadu/ Hasiau/Hasiadu = = - = = Kings should laugh. Lotuses may bloom. Sister should wake up. We should laugh. You should laugh. They (Masculine) should laugh. They (Feminine) should laugh. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #128
Instrumental Plural Past Tense (Noun) Narindehi/Narindehim Narindehim Hasijjaia (Hasijjia) Hasiaia (Hasiia) : Kings laughed. Note: In the same way other sentences should be constructed. Instrumental Plural (Pronoun) Amhehi/ Amhahi Hasijjaia (Hasijjia) - We laughed. Hasiaia (Hasiia) Note: In the same way other sentences should be constructed. Note: (i) In the Impersonal form Past Participle is also used for expressing the Past Tense. (See lesson 45 (ii)] . (ii) The Verbal forms of Tha etc. will be Thailjasi/Thajasi, Thaijjahi/Thaiahi, Thaijjhia, Thaiahia. Instrumental Plural Future Tense Noun Narindehi/ Hasihii/etc. - Kings will laugh. Narindehim/ Narindehin Instrumental Plural Pronoun Amhehi/Amhahi Hasihii/etc. - We shall laugh. Note: In the same way other sentences should be constructed. In the impersonal form of the Future Tense the above forms are used. In them ijja/ia etc. suffixes are not added. See Lesson 45 1 (A). See Lesson 45 1 (B). All the above Verbs are Intransitive and all the sentences are of the Impersonal form. Praksta Grammar and Composition 105

Page #129
Lesson 48 Exercises Translate the following sentences into Praksta. While translating use the Impersonal form of the Verbs. (1) The aircraft flies. (2) Water drops. (3) The friend rejoices. (4) The oceans dries. (5) Wood burns. (6) We tremble. (7) They play. (8) The small bundle falls down. (9) Lions roar. (10) Girls hide. (11) They should play. (12) Men should endeavour. (13) Women should calm down. (14) States may fight. (15) Daughters may tire. (16) The mother should rejoice. (17) Education should spread. (18) Faith should increase. (19) Examination should occur. (20) They (Feminine) should embarrass. (21) The aircraft will fly. (22) States will fight. (23) They will jump. (24) Dogs will bark. (25) Seeds will sprout. (26) The state fought. (27) Men ran away. (28) The mother rejoiced. (29) They coughed. (30) The dog barked. 106 Prakta Grammar and Composition

Page #130
Lesson 49 Obligatory and Potential Participle (use in the Impersonal Form) For expressing the purport of 'should laugh', should 'wake up' etc. the obligatory and Potential Participle is also used in Prakrta. The Obligatory and Potential Participles are formed by adding the following suffixes to the Verbs. For using the said Participle in the Impersonal form the Subject is inflected in the Singular or Plural Instrumental case and the said Participle will always be in the Nominative Neuter Gender Singular. The said Participle is not used in the Active Voice. The inflexion of the Obligatory and Potential Participle will be according to Kamala (Neuter Gender). Nouns a-ending Masculine Narinda a-ending Neuter Kamala a-ending Feminine Sasa Prakrta Grammar and Composition Pronouns Amha - Aham/Ham/Ammi (Personal Pronoun - First Person, Nominative Singular) Tumha-Tumam/Tum/Tuha (Personal Proncun Second Person, Nominative Singular) Ta So (Masculine) (Personal Pronoun Third Person, Nominative Singular) Ta-Sa (Feminine) (Personal Pronoun Third Person, Nominative Singular) 107

Page #131
Intransitive Verbs Hasa To laugh Jagga To wake up = = Suffixes of the Obligatory and Potential Participle Hasa (1) avva/ yavva Narindena/ Narindenam (2) tavva davva niya Jagganiya Hasaniya ('niya' suffix is used only in the a-ending verbs.) Instrumental Singular (Noun) Kamalena/ Kamalenam Sasae/Sasai/ Sasaa Mai/Mae/ Me/Mamae 108 Hasiavva/Hasiyavva Jaggiavva/Jaggiyavva Viasiavva/Viasiyavva Haseavva/Haseyavva Jaggeavva/Jaggeyavva Viaseavva/Viaseyavva Jagga Hasitavva/Hasetavva Jaggitavva/Jaggetavva Viasitavva/Viasetavva Hasidavva/Hasedavva Jaggidavva/Jaggedavva Viasidavva/Viasedavva Neuter Gender Singular Hasidavvam/Hasaniyam/ Haseavvam/Haseyavvam/ Hasetavvam/Hasedavvam Instrumental Singular (Pronoun) Hasiavvam/Hasiyavvam/Hasitavvam/ Viasidavvam/Viasaniyam/ Viaseavvam/Viaseyavvam/ Viasetavvam/ Viasedavvam Viasa = To bloom Viasiavvam/Viasiyavvam/Viasitavvam/ Jaggdiavvam/Jagganiyam/ Jaggeavvam/Jaggeyavvam/ Jaggetavvam/Jaggedavvam Viasa Neuter Gender Singular Vlasaniya Hasidavvam/Hasaniyam/ Haseavvam/Haseyavvam/ Hasetavvam/Hasedavvam Jaggiavvam/Jaggiyavvam/Jaggitavvam/ Hasiavvam/Hasiyavvam/Hasitavvam/ : The king should laugh. : The lotus may bloom. The sister should wake up. : I should laugh. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #132
Tai/Tae/ Tume/Tumae Tena/ Tenam Tae/Tai/ Taa Instrumental Plural (Noun) Narindehi/ Narindehim/ Narindehim Kamalehi/ Kamalehim/ Kamalehim Sasahi/ Sasahim/ Sasahim Hasiavvam/Hasiyavvam/Hasitavvam/ Haseavvam/Haseyavvam/Hasetavvam/ Hasidavvam/Hasaniyam/ Hasedavvam Hasiavvam/Hasiyavvam/Hasitavvam/ Haseavvam/Haseyavvam/Hasetavvam/ Hasidavvam/Hasaniyam/ Instrumental Plural (Pronoun) Amhehi/ Amhahi Hasedavvam Hasidavvam/Hasaniyam/ Hasiavvam/Hasiyavvam/Hasitavvam/ Haseavvam/Haseyavvam/Hasetavvam/ Hasedavvam Neuter Gender Singular Hasidavvam/Hasaniyam/ Hasedavvam Hasiavvam/Hasiyavvam/Hasitavvam/ Kings Haseavvam/Haseyavvam/Hasetavvam/ should laugh. Viasidavvam/Viasaniyam/ Viaseavvam/Viaseyavvam/ Viasetavvam/Viasedavvam Jaggidavvam/Jagganiyam/ Jaggeavvam/Jaggeyavvam/ Jaggetavvam/Jaggedavvam -You should laugh. Viasiavvam/Viasiyavvam/Viasitavvam/ Neuter Gender Singular Hasidavvam/Hasaniyam/ -He should laugh. Jaggiavvam/Jaggiyavvam/Jaggitavvam/ -She should laugh. Hasedavvam Prakrta Grammar and Composition Hasiavvam/Hasiyavvam/Hasitavvam/ = = = We should Haseavvam/Haseyavvam/Hasetavvam/ laugh. Lotuses may bloom. Sisters should wake up. 109

Page #133
Tubbhehim/ Tumhehim/ Hasidavvam/Hasaniyam/ Tujjhehim Haseavvam/Haseyavvam/ Hasetavvam/Hasedavvam Tehi/ Tehim/ Tehim Tahi/ Tahim/ Tahim 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 110 Hasiavvam/Hasiyavvam/Hasitavvam/ Hasiavvam/Hasiyavvam/Hasitavvam/ Hasidavvam/Hasaniyam/ Haseavvam/Haseyavvam/ Hasetavvam/Hasedavvam 1= Hasidavvam/Hasaniyam/ Haseavvam/Haseyavvam/ Hasetavvam/Hasedavvam Hasiavvam/Hasiyavvam/Hasitavvam/ They (Masculine) should laugh. = You all should laugh. See footnote 1 A of lesson 45. See footnote 1 B of lesson 45. All the above Verbs are intransitive and all the sentences are in the impersonal form. They (Feminine) should laugh. After adding the suffixes avva/yavva/tavva/davva the a of a-ending Verbs is changed into i and e. In the a-ending etc. Verbs these suffixes are also added - Thayavva. Thadavva, Thatavva, Hoyavva, Hodavva, Neyavva, Nedavva etc. In Ardhamagadhi the suffix nijja is also added to the a-ending Verbs of obligatory and Potential Participle. - Hasanijja, Jagganijja etc. (Ghatage P. 144, Pischel. P. 812) Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #134
Lesson 50 Exercise Translate the following sentences into Prakrta. (1) States may fight. (2) Faith should increase. (3) They should play. (4) The mother should rejoice. (5) Men should emanate. (6) They (Feminine) should embarrass. (7) Dogs should bark. (8) Women should dance. (9) Girls should hide. (10) Friends should rejoice. (11) Wood should burn. (12) The sister should calm down. (13) The lion should roar. (14) He should play. (15) I should jump. (16) Both of you should enthuse. (17) We should fear. (18) The demon should die. (19) Seeds should sprout. (20) The aircraft should fly. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 111

Page #135
Lesson 5 1 Noun - Pronoun Accusative Case Singular Number (Transitive Verbs) a-ending Masculine a-ending Neuter a-ending Feminine Transitive Verbs Rakkha = To protect Suna Panama Kha Narindo Rajjam Noun Narinda King Karaha Camel 112 (i) a-ending Masculine Gender Paramesara = God Bhoyana Food Tina = Grass Rajja = State Maya = Mother Kaha = Story Sikkha Education = = To hear, To listen = To salute = To eat = Narindam Maya Narindam Accusative Singular Narindam Karaham (Accusative Case Present Tense Singular) Paramesaram Paramesaram Bhoyanam Tinam Rajjam Mayam Kaham Sikkham Pala = To bring up Cara To graze Jana To know, To understand = Panamai/Panamadi/etc. The king salutes God. Rakkhai/Rakkhadi/etc. The state protects the King. Panamai/Panamadi/etc. The mother salutes the King. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #136
(it) a-ending Neuter Gender (Accusative Case Present Tense Singular) Karaho Tinam Carai/Caradi/etc. = The camel grazes grass. Narindo Rajjam Rakkhai/Rakkhadi/etc. = The king protects the State. Maya Bhoyanam Khai/Khadi/etc. - The mother eats food. (iii) a-ending Feminine Gender (Accusative Case Present Tense Singular) Narindo Mayam Panamal/Panamadi/etc. - The king salutes the mother. Rajjar Sikkham Janai/Janadi/etc. - The state understands education. Maya Kaham Sunai/Sundi/etc. - The mother listens to the story. (iv) Pronoun (Accusative Case Present Tense Singular) Aham/Ham/Ammi Tumam/Tum Panamami/etc. = I salute you. Tumam/Tum/Tuha Mamam/Mam/Mi Palasi/etc. = You bring me up. So Tam Janai/Janadi/etc, = He knows him. Tam Janai/Janadi/etc. - She knows her. Tam Rakkhai/Rakkhadi/etc. - He protects that. 1. (i) For the construction of Accusative Case Singular Number from the a-ending Masculine and Neuter Nouns, * suffix is added to them as, Narinda-Narindam, Rajja-Rajjan. Praksta Grammar and Composition 113

Page #137
For the construction of Accusative Case Singular Number from the a-ending Feminine Nouns, * suffix is also added but on adding . , a is changed into a. (a-a). as Maya-Mayam, Kaha-Kaham. The construction of the Accusative Case Singular Number from the First Person Pronoun will be : Mamam/Mam/Mi. The construction of the Accusative Case Singular Number from the Second Person Pronoun will be : Tumam/Tum. The construction of the Accusative Case Singular Number from the Third Person Pronoun (Masculine, Feminine, Neuter) will be : Tam. 2. All the above verbs are Transitive. The Transitive verb is that in which the effect of the action of the Sujbect goes to the object as, Mother listens to the story', in it the action of the Subject *Mother' is listening'. Its effect goes to the story, because 'story is listened'. Therefore, the object of the Verb 'listen' is 'story'. In other words. "A Transitive Verb denotes an action which passes over from the doer or subject to an object." All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. In these, the Person and Number of the Verbs are according to the Subject. In other words, the Verb agrees with the Subject in Number and Person. Here in the Noun-sentences the subject is of the Third Person Singular therefore, verbs are of the Third Person Singular Number. The Present Tense sentences are given above. The sentences of the Future Tense, Past Tense and the Imperative in the Accusative Case Singular should be constructed. After using Nominative Case Plural in place of Nominative Case Singular the sentences in all the Tenses should be constructed. 114 Praksta Grammar and Composition

Page #138
5. The following are the special types of Transitive Verbs Soccha = To hear Gaccha : To go Moccha : To forsake Voccha - To say Checcha - To cut off Veccha = To know Daccha - To see Bheccha = To pierce Bhoccha - To eat (i) The Conjugation of these transitive Verbs in the First Person Sin gular Number of the Future Tense will be : Soccham Gaccham Moccham Voccham Checcham Veccham Daccham Bhecchar Bhocchar (ii) Besides, for the construction of the Future Tense, from these Verbs, hi suffix is dropped and by adding the suffixes of the Present Tense to the verbs in all the three Persons and two Numbers the a of a-ending Verbs is changed into i and e, as, Socchimi/Socchemi etc. Sometimes hi is retained and the Verbal forms in the Future Tense are Socchihimi etc. are constructed. (Hema. 3-172). The Conjugation of above verbs in the Future Tense is as follows. For example, The Conjugation of Soccha in the Future Tense is Singular Plural First Person (i) Soccham, (i) Socchimo/Socchimu/ (ii) Socchimi/Socchemi/ Socchima/Socchemo/ (iii) Socchihimi/etc. Socchemu/Socchema (ii) Socchihimo/etc. Second Person (i) Socchisi/ Socchesi/ (ii) Socchihisi/etc. (i) Socchiha/Socchidhal Soccheha/Socchedha (ii) Socchihiha Third Person (i) Socchii/Socchei/ (ii) Socchihii/etc. (i) Socchinti/Socchintel Socchiirel (ii) Socchihinti/etc. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 115

Page #139
In Ardhamagadhi the Conjugation of Soccha in the Future Tense is Singular Plural First Person Socchami, Socchamo Second Person Socchasi Socchaha Third Person Socchai Socchanti Besides, In Ardhamagadhi, Bhokkhami = I shall eat, Hokkhami = I shall become, Pekkhami : I shall see etc. are also used. (Ghatage Page 121) In the First Person Singular of the Future Tense, the Verbal forms like Kahan = I shall do and Daham = I shall give are also used. Besides, Ka and Da are also Conjugated in the above manner as Kahimi/ Dahimi. etc. 116 Praksta Grammar and Composition

Page #140
Lesson 52 Noun - Pronoun Accusative Case Plural Number Transitive Verbs a-ending Masculine a-ending Neuter a-ending Feminine (i) Narindo Nouns Narinda = King Karaha Camel Paramesara = God Transitive Verbs Rajjam Bhoyana Food = Tina = Grass Rajja = State Rakkha To protect 1:1 To hear, To listen Suna Panama = To salute, To greet = Te eat Kha Maya = Mother Kaha = Story Sikkha = Education = a-ending Masculine (Accusative Plural) Narinda/ Narinde Paramesara/ Panamai/ Paramesare Panamadi/etc. (Present Tense) Prakrta Grammar and Composition Rakkhai/ Rakkhadi/etc. Accusative Case Plural Narinda/Narinde Karaha/Karahe Paramesara/Paramesare Bhoyanaim/Bhoyanaim/ Bhoyanani Tinaim/Tinaim/Tinani Rajjaim/Rajjaim/Rajjani Maya/Mayau/Mayao Kaha/Kahau/Kahao Sikkha/Sikkhau/Sikkhao Pala = Cara To graze = Jana To understand = = To nurture The king salutes Gods (Siddhas). The state protects the Kings. 117

Page #141
Maya Narinda/ Narinde Panamai) = The mother salutes Panamadi/etc. the kings. (Present Tense) a-ending Neuter (Accusative Plural) Tinaim/Tinaini Tinani Karaho Carai/ Caradi/etc. - The camel grazes (different types of) grass. Narindo Rajjaim/Rajjaim/ Rajjani Rakkhai/ Rakkhadi/etc. - The king protects the states. Maya Bhoyanaim/Bhoyanain Bhoyanani Khai The mother eats Khadi/etc. (different types of) food. a-ending Feminine (Accusative Plural) (Present Tense) Narindo Maya/Mayau/ Panamai Mayao Panamadi/etc. : The king salutes the mothers. Rajjam Sikkha/Sikkhaul Sikkhao Janai) Janadi/etc. = The state understands (types of) education. Maya Kaha/Kahau/ Sunai/ Sunadi/etc. * The mother hears stories. Kahao (iv) Personal Pronoun (Accusative (Present Tense) Plural) Tumhe/Tujjhed Panamami/etc. :I salute you all, Aham/Ham Ammi Tubbhe/Bhe * You bring up all. Tumam/Tum/ Amhe/Amha/Ne Palasi/etc. Tuha 118 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #142
So Sa Sa 1. 2 3 4 4. (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) OM Te/Ta Ta/Tau/Tao Taim/Taim/Tani Janai/etc. = He knows them. Janai/etc. - She knows them. Rakkhai/etc. She protects them. For the construction of Accusative Case Plural Number from the 'a'-ending Masculine Nouns, Zero suffix is added to them. After adding Zero suffix a is changed into a and e. Narinda-Narinda, Narinde. For the construction of Accusative Case Plural Number from the 'a'-ending Neuter Nouns, 'im', 'im' and ni suffixes are added to them and after adding them a is changed into a. Rajja-Rajjaim/Rajjaim/Rajjani. For the construction of Accusative Case Plural Number from the 'a'-ending Feminine Nouns, Zero, u, 'o'. are added to them as Maya-Maya/Mayau/ Mayao. The construction of Accusative Case Plural Number from the First Person Pronoun (Amhe) will be: Amhe/Amha/Ne The construction of Accusative Case Plural Number from the Second Person Pronoun (Tumeh) will be: Tumhe/Tujjhe/Tubbhe/Bhe The construction of Accusative Case Plural Number from the Third Person Pronoun (Ta, Ta)will be: Te, Ta (Masculine) Taim/Taim/Tani (Neuter) Ta/Tau/Tao (Feminine) All the above Verbs are Transitive. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. The Present Tense sentences are given above. The sentences of the Future Tense, Past Tense and Imperative in the Accusative Case Plural should be constructed. After using Nominative Case Plural in place of Nominative Case Singular the sentences in all the Tenses should be constructed. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 119

Page #143
Lesson 53 Transitive Verbs Exercises Use the following Transitive Verbs in the Active Voice. This use should be in the Present Tense, Past Tense, Future Tense and Imperative. Acca : To worship Garaha : To blame Rokka - To withhold Gavesa : To search out, To discover Ugghada = To uncover Cakkha = To taste Uvayara - To help Cina - To pick Uppada - To uproot Coppada = To oil Katta : To cut, To saw Chaqda - To renounce Kalanka - To stigmatise Chala = To cheat, To dupe Kokka - To invite, To call Chuva = To touch Khana - To dig Dekkha = To see Choda - To give up Dhoa - To wash Cholla - To peel Pisa - To grind Jima = To partake of food Pukkara - To shout, To call Dhakka - To cover Phada - To tear Toda: To break Kutta To thresh Translate the following sentences into Praksta :(A) (1) The father blames the son. (2) The grandfather calls the grandson. (3) God sees the world. (4) Husband's younger brother washes the cloth. (5) The king should renounce pride. (6) The friend should call him. (7) Rama should worship God. (8) The dog withholds the demon. (9) The king discovers the jewels. (10) Men give up vows. (11) He cheats the child. (12) You see the lion. (13) I touch him. (14) They stigmatise him. (15) He tears the cloths. (16) Suffering withholds pleasure. (17) The friend sees lions. (18) The maternal uncle 120 Prakyta Grammar and Composition

Page #144
touches the religious books. (19) Hanumana helps him. (20) We cover the sun. (B) (1) He will dig the field. (2) You will partake of food. (3) He should peel the wood. (4) He should give up addiction. (5) You should taste milk. (6) They will cut the small bundle. (7) We shall thresh rice. (8) They will saw the forest. (9) He grinds seeds. (C) (1) Rama calls Sita. (2) I call the daughter. (3) The woman digs the pitch. (4) The sister sees the daughters. (5) The girl uncovers the small water pitcher. (6) The wife covers the ditch. (7) We worship the Ganges. (8) Hunger wilhholds thirst. (9) Desire with-holds sleep. (10) He/She should renounce wine. (D) (1) He dug the field. (2) You called the girl. (3) He washed cloths. (4) They cut the small bundle. (5) We threshed rice. - 3. Translate the following sentences into Praksta by using the special types (Chapter 51.5) of Transitive Verbs. Use all the alternatives. (A) (1) I/you hear the story. (2) I/you go to the village. (3) I/you forsake addictions. (4) I know you. (5) I/you see him. (6) 1/ you eat food. (B) (1) He hears the story. (2) He goes to the village. (3) He sees you. (4) He eats food. (5) They see him. (6) They eat food. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 121

Page #145
Lesson 54 Transitive Verbs (use in the Active Voice and the Passive Voice) Transitive Verbs Kokka = To call Dekkha = To see Rakkha To protect = Suna = To hear Panama = To salute, To greet Pala = To nurture, To bring up The above Verbs are Transitive. The Transitive Verbs are used in the Active and Passive Voice. For forming the Passive Voice from the Transitive Verbs, same suffixes as were used for forming the Impersonal form are added [Lesson 47- 'ijja', ia (iya)]. The subject is changed into the Instrumental (Singular or Plural). The object instead of being in the Accusative case (Singular or Plural), is changed into the Nominative Case (Singular or Plural). After adding the suffixes of the Passive Voice to the Verb, suffixes of the Tense are added to the Verb according to the Number and Person of the object converted into the Nominative Case. The Passive Voice is formed from the Transitive Verbs in the Present Tense, Past Tense and the Imperative. In the Future Tense the Active Voice form of the Future Tense Verbal form continues and 'ijja', ia and 'iya' suffixes are not added to the Future Tense Verbal form. In the Past Tense, the Past Participle is used in the Passive Voice also. Here for the construction of the Passive Voice, only the use of Instrumental Singular is given. The Instrumental Plural should also be used. In the previous chapters we have already dealt with a-ending Masculine and Neture Genders and we have dealt with a-ending Feminine Nominative Case. Accusative Case and Instrumental Case. In this chapter we shall be dealing with i-ending and u-ending Masculine forms in Nominative Case Singular and Instrumental Case Singular. 122 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #146
Nouns i-ending Masculine u-ending Masculine SubjectNominative Narindo Narindo Narindo Narindo Narindo Narindo Aham/Ham/ Ammi Tam Mamam/Mam/Mi Tam Nouns Active Voice Present Tense Singular Number ObjectAccusative Tumam/Tum Tam Hari = Hari Sami = Master Kai = Poite Kaham Sahu= Saint Jantu = Being Sattu = Enemy Tumam/Tum/ Tam Tumam/Tum Tuha Prakrta Grammar and Composition Nominative Singular Hari Sami Kai Sahu Jantu Sattu Verb-according to the Subject Kokkai/etc. The king calls me. Kokkai/etc. The king calls you. Kokkai/etc. The king calls him. = = Instrumental Singular Harina Samina Kaina = Sahuna Jantuna Sattuna Kokkai/etc. The king calls her. Rakkhai/etc. The king protects that (state). Sunai/etc. = The king hears the story. Dekkhami/etc. = I see you. Dekkhasi/etc. You see him/ her. = 123

Page #147
So Sa Maya Maya SubjectInstrumental Narindena/ Narindenam Narindena/ Narindenam Narindena/ Narindenam Narindena/ Narindenam Narindena/ Narindenam Narindena/ Narindenam Mai/Mae/ Me/Mamae Tai/Tae/ Tume/Tumae 124 Mamam/Mam/Mi Mamam/Mam/Mi Mamam/Mam/Mi Tumam/Tum Passive Voice Present Tense Singular Number Object Ammi Tuha So Sa Nominative to the Nominative Aham/Ham/ Tam Dekkhai/etc. = He sees me. Dekkhai/etc. She sees me. Palai/etc. The mother Kaha Palai/etc. Tumam/Tum/ Kokkijjasi/Kokkiasi/etc. -You are called by the king. Tuha So/Sa = = Verb-according brings me up. The mother brings you up. Kokkijjami/Kokkiami/etc. -I am called by the king. Kokkijjai/Kokkiai/etc. = He is called by the king. Kokkijjai/Kokkiai/etc. 1=1 = She is called by the king. Rakkhijjai/Rakkhiai/etc. = That (state) is protected by the king. Tumam/Tum/ Dekkhijjasi/Dekkhiasi/etc. - You are seen by me. Sunijjai/Suniai/etc. -The story is heared by the king. Dekkhijjai/Dekkhiai/etc. He/She is seen by you. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #148
Tena/Tenam Ahas/Har/ Dekkhijjami/Dekkhiami/etc. Ammi I am seen by him. Tae/Tai/Taa Aham/Har/ Dekkhijjami/Dekkhiami/etc. Ammi = I am seen by her. Mayae/Mayki/Mayaa Aham/Ham/ Palijjami/Paliami/etc. Ammi lam brought up by the mother. Mayae/Mayai/Mayaa Tumam/Tum/ Palijjasi/Paliasi/etc. Tuha : You are brought up by the mother. Active Voice Present Tense Singular Number Object Verb-according Accusative to the Subject Subject Nominative Maya Tam Hari Mamam/Mam/Mi Hari Tumam/Tum Hari Tam Palai/etc. = The mother brings him/ her up. Panamai/etc. - Hari salutes me. Panamai/etc. = Hari salutes you. Panamai/etc. - Hari salutes him. Kokkai/etc. = The saint calls me. Kokkai/etc. The saint calls you. Kokkai/etc. The saint calls him. Sunai/etc. The saint hears the story. Sahu Mamam/Mam/Mi Sahu Tumam/Tum Sahu Tam Sahu Kaham Praksta Grammar and Composition 125

Page #149
Subject Nominative Present Tense Plural Number Object Verb-according Accusative to the Subject Narindo Amhe/Amha/ge Narindo Tumhe/Tujjhel Tubbhe/Bhe Te/Ta Kokkai/etc. : The king calls us. Kokkai/etc. = The king calls you all. Kokkai/etc. - The king calls them. Kokkai/etc. = The king Narindo Narindo Ta/Tao/Tau calls them.(Fem.) Passive Voice Present Tense Singular Number Subject Object Instrumental Nominative Verb-according to the Nominative Mayae/Mayai/ So/Sa Palijjai/Paliai/etc. - He/She is brought up by the mother. Mayaa Harina Aham/Ham/ Ammi Panamijjami/Panamiami/etc. = I am saluted by Hari. Harina Tumam/Tum/ Panamijjasi/Panamiasi/etc. Tuha = you are saluted by Hari. Harina So/Sa Panamijjai/Panamiai/etc. - He/She is saluted by Hari. Sahuna Aham/Har/ Ammi Kokkijjami/Kokkiami/etc. - I am called by the saint. 126 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #150
Sahuna Sahuna Sahuna Narindena Narindena Narindena Narindena Note. (i) (ii) Tumam/Tum/ Kokkijjasi/Kokkiasi/etc. Tuha So/Sa Kaha Subject Object Instrumental Nominative to the Nominative Amhe/ Vayam Te = you are called by the by saint. Kokkijjai/Kokkiai/etc. Ta/ Tau/Tao Present Tense Plural Number Verb-according He/She is called by the saint. Sunijjai/Suniai/etc. Prakrta Grammar and Composition The story is heared by the saint. Tubbhe/ Kokkijjaha/Kokkiaha/etc. Tumhe/Tujjhe = You (all) are called by the king. Kokkijjamo/Kokkiamo/etc. = We are called by the king. = Kokkijjanti/Kokkianti/etc. They are called by the king. Kokkijjanti/Kokkianti/etc. = They (Fem.) are called by the king. In other sentences also Accusative Plural in the Active Voice may be used. For constructing the Passive Voice in the Past Tense and the Imperative, the suffixes of the Past Tense and the Imperative are added after adding the suffixes of the Passive Voice to Verbs (in three Persons and both Numbers). 127

Page #151
1. In the above sentences, i-ending and u-ending Masculine Nouns have been used in the Nominative Singular and Instrumental Singular. (i) For constructing the Nominative Singular from i- ending Masculine Nouns add 'zero'suffixes. After adding 'zero'suffix i is changed into i. As Hari-Hari and for constructing the Instrumental Singular 'na', is added, as, Hari-Harina. For constructing the Nominative Singular from the u-ending Masculine Nouns, add 'zero' suffix. After adding 'zero' suffix u is changed into u. as- Sahu-Sahu and for constructing the Instrumental Singular 'na', suffix is added, as, Sahu - Sahuna. All the above verbs are Transitive. For constructing and Nominative Plural and the Instrumental Plural from i-ending and u-ending Masculine Nouns, the Inflexion is as followes. Nominative Plural - Hari - Hari/Harau/Harao/Harino. (zero-i, au, ao, no) Sahu - Sahu/Sahau/Sahao/Sahavo/Sahuno (zero-u, au, ao, avo, no) Instrumental Plural - Hari - Harihi/Harihim/Harihin/(After adding hi/him/hin i is changed into i. Sahu - Sahuhi/Sahuhim/Sahuhis/(After adding hi/him/hin u is changed into u. 2. 128 Prakyta Grammar and Composition

Page #152
Lesson 5 5 Noun Transitive Verbs 'i'-ending Nouns (2) (Masculine Gender) (1) 'u'-ending Nouns (Masculine Gender) Sami = Owner, Master. Kai - Poet Kari - Elephant Muni -Saint Jogi = Ascetic Pai - Husband Sasi = Moon Hatthi = Elephant Pani = Being Ravi - Sun Manti - Minister or Secretary Kesari - Lion Jantu : Being Bandhu - Brother Maccu - Death Bindu - Drop Riu - Enemy Sattu - Enemy Guru = Teacher Sunu = Son Dhanu - Bow Taru : Tree Teu : Radiance Karenu - Elephant Sisu =Child/Son Pahu : God Meru - Meru Mountain Pharasu * Axe Vau : Air Sahu - Saint Rahu-Rama (Raghu) Seu - Bridge Piu - Father Jambu - Jamuna Jamau - Son-in-law Giri = Mountain Risi : Saint Jai : Saint Tavassi : Mortifier Naravai : King Senavai = Commander Ari - Enemy Vihi : Law, Rule Prakrta Grammar and Composition 129

Page #153
(3) (Transitive Verbs) Bolla - To speak Padha - To read Bhana - To say Kaha = To say Muna - To know Nama - To salute Jema - To partake of food Kha - To eat Pib/Pia - To drink Iccha = To desire Vakkhana - To lecture Sumara - To remember Ranga = To colour Cura - To break Corava - To thieve Onanda = To welcome, To greet Le - To take Vaha = To hold Vinna - To know Maila - To dirty Da - To give Sinca = To irrigate Thuna - To pray Bandha = To tie Cinta - To worry, To think Magga - To demand Hirnsa : To injure Asa - To eat Mara = To kill Ga = To sing Damsa = To sting Dhara = To hold Peccha - To see Liha - To write Hana - To kill Pida = To oppress Kara - To do Jana - To produce Cava - To speak Nisuna - To hear Cua - To renounce Vanna - To describe Seva - To serve Vaddhava - To congratulate 130 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #154
Lesson 5 6 Exercises Translate the following sentences into Prakrta: (A) (1) Food is eaten by the owner. (2) The vow is observed by the poet. (3) Water is drunk by the elephant. (4) You are cheated by the enemy. (5) We are seen by God. (6) All of you are sent by the saint. (7) He is prayed by the mother. (8) I am remembered by the guru. (9) We are congratulated by the friend. (10) The wealth is demanded by him. (B) (1) I should be called by the brother. (2) Wood should be coloured by him. (3) The song should be sung by the poet. (4) A letter should be written by me. (5) We should be sent by the father. (6) You should be saluted by the sister. (7) All of you should be served by the saint. (8) They should be seen by me. (9) He should be prayed by you. (10) I should be tied by you. (C) (1) I am killed by enemies. (2) Suffering should be known by us. (3) God should be prayed by women. (4) Food will be eaten by the child. (5) The song should be sung by poets. (6) Religious books will be heard by the yogis. (7) You will be called by the father. (8) We shall be remembered by the mortifier. (9) Vows will be held by him. (10) He should be saluted by the minister. (D) (1) He was killed by the enemy. (2) Suffering was known by us. (3) Food was eaten by children. (4) You were sent by the saint. (5) God was prayed by the woman. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 131

Page #155
Lesson 57 Past Participle (Use in the Passive Voice) For expressing the purport of the Past Tense, the Past Participle is also used in Prakrta. The Past Participle is formed by adding the suffix of the Past Participle to the Verb (See Lesson 42). The Past Participles partake of the nature of an Adjectives. When the suffixes of the Past Participle are added to the Transitive Verbs, it is used only in the Passive Voice. For making the Passive Voice, the subject in the Nominative Case is changed into the Instrumental Case (Singular or Plural). The object which occurs in the Accusative Case (Singular or Plural) is changed into the Nominative Case and the inflexion of the Past Participle is according to the object converted in the Nominative Case. The inflexion of the Past Participle is like 'Deva' in the Masculine Gender, like 'Kamala in the Neuter Gender and like 'Kaha' in the Feminine Gender. The Past Participle is 'a-ending'. For changing it into the Feminine Gender, a-suffix is added to it. Transitive Verb (i) Kokka = To call Dekkha To see = Rakkha To protect Acca - To worship Narindena/ Kai Narindenam Masculine Narindena/ Kai/Kaau/ Narindenam Kaao/Kaino Narindehi/ Narindehim/ Narindehim 132 Kai/Kaau/ Kaao/Kaino = To hear Suna Panama = To salute, To greet Pala Iccha Kokkito Past Participle Kokkio/Kokkido/= The poet was called by the King. Kokkita - = To nurture, To bring up, To observe, To obey = To desire Kokkia/Kokkida/ The poets were called by the King. Kokkita = = Kokkia/Kokkida/ The poets were called by the Kings. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #156
Harina Divayaro Accio/Accidol = The sun was Accito worshiped by Hari. Mayke/Mayai/ Sahu Mayaa Dekkhio/Dekkhido/ * The saint was Dekkhito seen by the mother. Vayo Palio/Palido/ Sahuhi/ Sahuhim/ Sahuhis The vow was observed by saints. Palito Neuter Dhanam Narindena/ Narindenam Past Participle Icchiam/lcchidam/ - The wealth Icchitam was desired by the king. Jogihi/ Jogihim/ Jogihis Panamiam/ Panamida Panamita = Knowledge was saluted by saints. Nanar Rajjena Rajjenam Sasanam Rakkhiam/ Rakkhidam/ Rakkhitam = The government was protected by the state. Sunuhi Sunuhim Sunuhis Sokkhaim/Sokkhain Sokkhani Icchiaim/lcchiaim/ Pleasures were Icchiani desired by sons. Feminine (iii) Narindena/ Narindenam Pasamsa Past Participle Sunia/Sunida/ - Praise was Sunita heared by the king. Senavaina Saria Dekkhia/Dekkhida/ = The river was Dekkhita seen by the commander. Praksta Grammar and Composition 133

Page #157
Bandhuna 1. Mayae/Mayai/ Kaha/Kahau Sunia/Suniau/ Mayaa Kahao Suniao/etc. 2. 3. 4. (i) (ii) 134 Before using the Past Participle in Feminine Gender, it should be changed into Feminine Gender. By adding 'a'-suffix, the Past Participles are changed into Feminine Gender. As for example, Sunia Sunia, Dekkhia Dekkhia etc. All the above-mentioned verbs are Transitive. i-ending Masculine Nominative Plural - Kai/Kaau/Kaao/Kaino. u-ending Masculine Nominative Plural - Sahu Sahu/Sahau/Sahao/Sahavo/Sahuno. (iii) i-ending Masculine Insturmental Plural - Jogi Jogihi/Jogihim/Jogihim. (iv) u-ending Masculine Insturmental Plural Sunu Kai Ganga - Panamia/Panamida: The Ganges was saluted by the brother. All the above sentences are of the Passive Voice. In these the Subject is placed in the Instrumental, the object is placed in the Nominative and the Verb is conjugated according to the Person and Number of the Object. Panamita -- - Stories were heared by the mother. Sunuhi/Sunuhim/Sunuhim. - Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #158
Lesson 5 8 Exercises Translate the following sentences into Prakrta: (A) (1) The book was read by me. (2) The friend was called by him. (3) The son was sent by the grandfather. (4) Pride was held by the girl. (5) Water was drunk by us. (6) Wells were dug by them. (7) Demons were killed by Rama. (8) Cloths were torn by the child. (9) The commander was killed by the enemy. (10) The saint was prayed by the Guru. (B) (1) Food was eaten by the citizen. (2) Milk was drunk by brothers. (3) Karmas were bound by beings. (4) Songs were sung by the poet. (5) Aircrafts were seen by me. (6) Detachment was described by him. (7) Sticks were burnt by me. (8) Addictions were described by you. (9) Papers were written by the brother. (10) The thread was cut by the owner. (C) (1) The order was obeyed by him. (2) The story was heard by Rama. (3) Education was upheld by the saint. (4) The wealth was desired by daughter. (5) Compassion was produced by him. (6) Reputation was heard by the owner. (7) Faith was carried by the saint. (8) The hut was seen by the minister. (9) Wisdom was known by saints. (10) Compassion was observed by saints. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 135

Page #159
Lesson 59 i-ending, u-ending nouns Masculine, Neuter, Feminine Gender 1. Vari = Water i-ending nouns (Neuter) Dahi - Curd Acchi - Eye Atthi - Bone Sali = Rice Sappi - Clarified Butter u-ending nouns (Neuter) Mahu - Honey Amsu - Tear Janu = Knee Au - Age Daru = Wood (Stick) Vatthu : Material, Thing 3. i-ending nouns (Feminine) Bhatti - Devotion Uppatti - Birth Mani - Jewel Gai : Birth Tatti = Satisfaction Riddhi - Prosperity Ratti : Night Juvai - Young woman Dhii - Patience Satti = Strength Thui - Prayer Agii - Form Laddhi - Attainment Jai : Birth/Caste Ohi/Avahi - Limit of time Mai - Intellect Appaladdhi - Spiritual attainment 136 Praksta Grammar and Composition

Page #160
4. 5. 6. i-ending nouns (Feminine) Paramesari = Prosperous Samini - Mistress Bahini = Sister Piamahi Grandmother Samani Woman Saint Sadi Sari/Cloth Dhatti = Nurse Mausi Mother's Sister = = Rajju = Rope Hanu = Chin woman u, u-ending nouns (Feminine) Dhenu : Cow Cancu = Beak Kadacchu Small spoon Tanu = Body 113 i, u-ending nouns (Masculine) Gamani Village headman Khalapu = Cleaner of granary Prakrta Grammar and Composition Nai = River Nagari Woman residing in a city = Putti = Daughter Nari = Woman Itthi = Woman Lacchi = Wealth Pudhavi = Earth Janeri Mother Kandu - Itchiness Khajju = Itch Jambu = Tree of Jamuna Sassu Mother-in-law Daughter-in-law Bahu Camu - Army = = Sayambhu Self-made person = 137

Page #161
Gaccha = To go Ya/Ja = To go Dhava = To run Jha = To meditate Khama To forgive Dhikkara = To reproach Raya To make, To create Gundha: To braid, To weave together strips Daha : To burn, To kindle Sikkha To Learn Bujjha = To understand Jingha To smell = = = Cakkha To taste H Lesson 60 Transitive Verbs 138 = Pava = To get Nirakkha To see Bhunja To eat Kuppa To anger Cava To chew = = = Daha To burn - Vacca = To go Agaccha = To come - Liha To lick Gaa = To sing Gana To count = Khiva To throw Khanda = To break into pieces Kina = To buy Labha To obtain, To take Vanda = To salute Khimsa = To criticise, To blame Joa To illuminate Mana = To honour Rakkha To keep == Muna To know = = Cua To renounce Jaya/Jina To win, = To conquer Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #162
Lesson 61 i-ending, u-ending nouns i-ending Masculine Singular Number Sami Nominative Case Sami - Master Plural Number Sami/Samau/ Samao/Samino Samihi/Samihim/ Samihin Instrumental Case Samina i-ending Masculine Nominative Case Gamani - Village headman Singular Number Plural Number Gamani Gamani/Gamanau/ Gamanao/Gamanino Gamanina Gamanihi/Gamanihim/ Gamanihin Instrumental Case u-ending Masculine Singular Number Pahu Nominative Case Pahu - God Plural Number Pahu/Pahau/Pahao/ Pahavo/Pahuno Pahuhi/Pahuhim/ Pahuhin Instrumental Case Pahuna u-ending Masculine Nominative Case Sayambhu - Self-made Person Singular Number Plural Number Sayambhu Sayambhu/Sayambhau/ Sayambhao/Sayambhavo/ Sayambhuno Praksta Grammar and Composition 139

Page #163
Instrumental Case Sayambhuna Sayambhuhi/ Sayambhuhim/ Sayambhuhin i-ending Neuter Singular Number Vari : Water Plural Number Variim/Variim/ Varini Nominative Case Varim Instrumental Case Varina Varihi/Varihim/ Varihim u-ending Neuter Singular Number Vatthum Nominative Case Vatthu - Material Plural Number Vatthuim/Vatthuis/ Vatthuni Vatthuhi/Vatthuhim Vatthuhin Instrumental Case Vatthuna i-ending Feminine Juvai - Young Lady Plural Number Singular Number Juvai Nominative Case Juvai/Juvaiu/ Instrumental Case Juvaia/Juvaia/ Juvaio Juvaihi/Juvaihim Juvaihin Juvaji/Juvaie i-ending Feminine Lacchi : Wealth Singular Number Lacchi/Lacchia Nominative Case Plural Number Lacchi/Lacchiu/ Lacchio/Lacchia/ Lacchihi/Lacchihim Lacchihim Instrumental Case Lacchia/Lacchia/ Lacchii/Lacchie 140 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #164
u-ending Feminine Nominative Case Instrumental Case u-ending Feminine Nominative Case Instrumental Case a-ending Masculine Nominative Case Instrumental Case a-ending Neuter Nominative Case Singular Number Tanu Tanua/Tanua/ Tanui/Tanue Singular Number Camu Camua/Camua/ Camui/Camue Singular Number Narindo The Inflexion of a-ending Masculine, a-ending Neuter and a-ending Feminine should be understood in the following way. Narindena/ Narindenam Singular Number Kamalam Prakrta Grammar and Composition Tanu = Body Plural Number Tanu/Tanuu/Tanuo Tanuhi/Tanuhim/ Tanuhim Camu = Army Plural Number Camu/Camuu/ Camuo Camuhi/Camuhim/ Camuhim Narinda King Plural Number Narinda (Lesson 31, 32) = Narindehi/ Narindehim/ Narindehim (Lesson 45) Kamala Lotus Flower Plural Number Kamalaim/ Kamalaim/ Kamalani (Lesson 35, 36) = 141

Page #165
Instrumental Case Kamalena/ Kamalenam Kamalehi/ Kamalehim/ Kamalehin (Lesson 45) a-ending Feminine Singular Number Nominative Case Sasa Sasa - Sister Plural Number Sasa/Sasko/Sasau (Lesson 39,40) Sasahi/Sasahim/ Sasahin (Lesson 45) Instrumental Case Saska/Saski/Sasie First Person Nominative Case Personal Pronoun Amha = 1 Singular Number Plural Number Aham/Ham/Ammi Amhe/Vayam (Lesson 1,5) Mai/Mae/Me/Mamae Amhehi/Amhahi (Lesson 45) Instrumental Case Second Person Nominative Case Tumha : You Singular Number Plural Number Tumam/Tum/Tuha Tubbhe/Tumhel Tujjhe (Lesson 2, 6) Tai/Tae/Tume/Tumae Tubbhehim/ Instrumental Case Tumhehim/ Tujjhehim (Lesson 45) 142 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #166
Third Person Ta = He (Masculine), Ta = She (Feminine) Plural Number Singular Number Nominative Case So Te Sa Instrumental Case Tena/Tenam Tae/Tai/Taa Ta/Tao/Tau (Lesson 3, 7) Tehi/Tehim/Tehis Tahi/Tahim/Tahin (Lesson 45) Praksta Grammar and Composition 143

Page #167
Lesson 6 2 Obligatory and Potential Participle'(Its use in the Passive Voice) For expressing the purport of 'should be got', 'should be protected' etc.' Obligatory and Potential Participle is used in Praksta. This Participle is formed by adding the following suffixes to the Verbs. avva, yavva, tavva, davva (niya). (See Lesson 49). For using this Participle in Passive Voice, the subject is changed into the Instrumental Case (Singular or Plural), the object is changed into the Nominative Case (Singular or Plural) and the Participle is inflected according to the Gender and Number of the changed object in the Nominative Case. In the Masculine Gender, the inflection will be according to 'Deva', in the Neuter Gender the inflection will be according to 'Kamala' and in the Feminine Gender the inflexion will be according to 'Kaha'. Obligatory and Potential Participle used in the Passive Voice is formed from the Transitive Verbs. Transitive Verbs - Kina - To buy Rakkha : To protcet Labha To obtain Jhaa = To meditate Khama - To forgive Pia (Piba) -To drink Gana - To count Peccha : To see Dhara To carry Pesa - To send Bandha - To tie (i) Instrumental Masculine Gender Samina Hatthi Obligatory and Potential Participle Kiniavvo/Kinidavvo/ - An elephant Kinitavvo/Kinaniyo/ should be Kineavvo/Kinedavvo/ purchased Kinetavvo by the master. 1 This Participle is also called : (a) Obligatory and Potential Participle Passive Participle (b) Future Passive Participle (C) Gerundives. 144 Praksta Grammar and Composition

Page #168
Munihi/ Munihim/ Munihin Pani/Panau, Rakkhiavva/Rakkhidavva/ - Beings Panao/Panino Rakkhitavva/Rakkhaniyal should be Rakkheavvaletc. protected saints. Sahuna Teu Labhiavvo/Labhidavvo/ Labhitavvo/Labhaniyo/ Labheavvo/etc. * Radiance should be obtainted by the saint. Tei Sahuhi/ Sahuhim/ Sahuhin Labhiavvo/Labhidavvo/ Labhitavvo/Labhaniyol Labheavvo/etc. - Radiance should be obtainted by saints. Risina Pahu Jhaiavvo/Jhaidavvo/ Jhaitavvo/Jhaaniyol Jhaeavvo/etc. - God should be meditated by the saint. Mai/ Mael Me/ Mamae Sattu/Sattau Khamiavva/Khamidavval - Enemies Sattao/ Khamaniya/Khameavvaletc. should be Sattavo/ forgiven Sattuno by me. Neuter Gender Varim Samina Obligatory and Potential Participle Pibiavvas/Pibidavvam/ Pibitavvam/Pibaniyam/ Pibeavvam/etc. - Water should be drunk by the master. ai/ Mai/ Mael Me/ Acchiim/ Acchiin/ Acchini Ganiavvaim/Ganiavvain/ Ganiavvani/Gaaidavvaim/ Ganidavvain/Ganidavvani/ etc. Eyes should be counted by me. Mamae Praksta Grammar and Composition 145

Page #169
Sahuhi/ Sahuhim/ Vatthum Sahuhim Sahuna (iii) Puttihi/ Puttihim/ Puttihim Puttia/ Puttia/ Puttii/ Puttie Juvaia/ Juvaia/ Juvaii/ Juvaie Juvaihi/ Juvaihim/ Juvaihim Camua/ Camua/ Camui/ Camue 146 Vatthuim/ Pecchiavvaim/Pecchiavvaim/ = Things Vatthuim/ Pecchiavvani/Pecchaitvvaim/ should be Pecchitvvaim/Pecchitavvani/ Vatthuni seen by the saint Sadi/ Sadia Dhii Pecchiavvam/Pecchidavvam/ = The thing Pecchitavvam/Pecchaniyam/ should be Feminine Gender Lacchi/ Lacchiu/ Lacchio/ Lacchia Mani/ Manau/ Manao Peccheavvam/etc. Tanu etc. Obligatory and Potential Participle Labhiavva/ Labhiavvao/ Labhiavvau/etc. Kiniavva/ Kinidavva/ Kinitavva/etc. Dhariavva/ Dharidavva/ Dharitavva/etc. Pesiavva/ Pesiavvao/ Pesiavvau/etc. Bandhiavva/Bandhidavva/ Bandhitavva/Bandhaniya/ Bandheavva/etc. 18 seen by saints. = Wealths should be obtained by daughters. The sadi = should be Purchase by the daughter. Patience should be carried by the woman. = Jewels should be sent by women. - The body should be tied by the army. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #170
Camuhi Camuhim/ Camuhir Tanul Tanuu/ Tanuo Bandhiavva/Bandhiavvau/ Bandhiavvao/etc. Bodies should be tied by armies. All the Verbs are Transitive The Obligatory and Potential Participle is used in the Passive Voice and in the Impersonal Form. It is not used in the Active Voice. By Intransitive Verbs, the Impersonal Forms are constructed (lesson 49) and by Transitive Verbs, the Passive Voice is constructed Other Used Nouns Masculine Muni = Saint Risi - Saint Hatthi - Elephant Sahu Saint Sattu - Enemy Pani - Being Neuter Acchi - Eye Vatthu - Thing Feminine Dhii = Patience Satti = Strength Mani - Jewel Putti = Daughter Transitive Verbs Kina - To purchase Labha = To take Khama = To forgive Gana =To count Dhara : To carry Bandha - To tie Rakkha: To protect Jhaa = To meditate Piba = To drink Peccha : To see Pesa = To send Prakrta Grammar and Composition 147

Page #171
Lesson 63 Exercises Translate the following sentences into Prakrta (A) (1) The tree should be irrigated by brother. (2) Saints should be invited by Raghu. (3) Songs should be sung by poets. (4) The lion should be killed by an elephant. (5) The sun should be prayed by the saint. (B) (1) Curd should be eaten by me. (2) Water should be drunk by us. (3) Bones should be seen by them. (4) Things should be described by you. (5) Age should be seen by him. (C) (1) Prosperity should be obtained by you. (2) Satisfaction should be demanded by him. (3) Jewels should be carried by the earth. (4) Devotion should be performed by the young woman. (5) Saris should be purchased by the maternal aunt. (6) The rope should be threaded by you. (7) Cows should be brought up by him. (8) The Jamuna tree should be irrigated by us. (9) Daughters-in-law should be forgiven by mothers-in-law. (10) Grass should be burnt by you. 148 Praksta Grammar and Composition

Page #172
Lesson 64 Different Participles (With object in the Accusative Case) Present Participle Infinitive Absolutive (Action completed in the Past) (i) For expressing the purport of eating food', 'going to the village' etc. in Praksta, the Present Participle is used with object in the Accusative Case. (ii) For expressing the purport of 'for eating food', 'for going to the village' etc. the Infinitive is used with object in the Accusative Case and (iii) For expressing the purport of 'having eaten food', 'having gone to the village' etc. the Absolutive is used with object in the Accusative Case. These Participles are formed from the Verbs. The Present Participle partakes of the nature of an Adjective. The other two (Infinitive and Absolutive) partake of the nature of Indeclinables. These three retain the power of a Verb. Thus, when they are formed from the Transitive Verbs, they take an object in the Accusative Case. The object is placed in the Accusative Case. (For suffixes see lessons: 28, 29, 43) i, i-ending Masculine Jai - Saint Gamani - Village headman Singular Number Plural Number Accusative Case Jaim Jai/Jaino Accusative Case Gamanim Gamani/Gamanino u, u-ending Masculine Taru - Tree Khalapu = Cleaner of granary Singular Number Plural Number Accusative Case Tarum Taru/Taruno Accusative Case Khalapum Khalapu/Khalapuno Prakrta Grammar and Composition 149

Page #173
i, u-ending Neuter Vari : Water Accusative Case Vatthu = Thing Singular Number Plural Number Varim Variim/Variim/ Varini Vatthus Vatthuis/Vatthuin/ Vatthuni Accusative Case i, i-ending Feminine Tatti = Satisfaction Lacchi - Wealth Singular Number Plural Number Accusative Case Tattim Tatti/Tattiu/ Tattio Accusative Case Lacchim Lacchi/Lacchiu Lacchio/Lacchia u,u-ending Feminine Tanu - Body Camu = Army Singular Number Plural Number Accusative Case Tanum Tanu/Tanuu Tanuo Accusative Case Camun Camu/Camuu/ Camuo Use in Sentences : Masculine Aham/ Jaim Har/ Ammi Kokkanto/ Harisami/ = Calling the saint, I rejoice. Kokkamano etc. so Gamanim Salut Panamanto/ Panamamano Acchai/ etc. = Saluting the Village headman, he sits. 150 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #174
Tarum Sincanta/ Sincamana Thakkai/ etc. : Irrigating the tree, she tires. Khalapum Kokkiuna/ etc. Harisai/ etc. * Having called the Cleaner of granary, he rejoices. Neuter Varim Utthasi/ Tumam Tum/ Tuha Pibium/ Pibidum - For drinking water you etc. get up. Vatthum Kinium/ Kinidum Ujjamai! etc. - He endeavours to purchase the thing. Feminine Lacchim Aham/ Ham/ Ammi Cuiuna/ etc. Ullasami/ etc. : Having renounced the wealth, 1 rejoce. Te Tanum : Rakkhium/ Rakkhidum Ujjamanti) etc. endeavour to protect the body. Camum Dekkhiuna/ Amhe/ Vayam Daramo/ etc. etc. * Having seen the army, we fear. Tattim Labhiuna/ Tumam Tum/ Tuha Naccahi/ etc. etc. - Having obtained satisfaction, you dance. Note: In this way the sentences in Accusative Case Plural should be constructed. Praksta Grammar and Composition 151

Page #175
1. a-ending Masculine - Neuter and a-ending Feminine have been explained in the previous lessons. a-ending Masculine Narinda = King Plural Number Singular Number Narindan Accusative Case Narinda a-ending Neuter Singular Number Rajjar Rajja - State Plural Number Rajjaim/Rajjain/ Rajjani Accusative Case a-ending Feminine Kaha - Story Plural Number Singular Number Kaham Accusative Case Kaha/Kahau/Kahao. Personal Pronoun (Accusative Case) Ta - He Ta - She Amha = 1. Tumha : You, First Person Second Person Singular Number Mamam/Mam/Mi Tuman/Tus Third Person Tam Tam Plural Number Amhe/Amha/Ne Tumhe/Tujjhe! Tubbhe/Bhe Te, Ta (Masculine) Taim/Tais/Tani (Neuter) Ta/Tau/Tao (Feminine). Tam 152 Prakta Grammar and Composition

Page #176
2. 3. For constructing the Accusative Case Singular. () is added to the Nouns. After Adding the. () the long ending vowel is changed into short - ending. as Gamani -Gamanim etc. The suffixes of the Accusative Plural can be understood from the table of suffixes. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 153

Page #177
Lesson 6 5 Exercises Translate the following sentences into Praksta - (A) (1) Greeting Raghupati, the master gets up. (2) Saluting the guru, the poet sits. (3) Reproaching him, the brother embarrasses. (4) The lion, killing an elephant fears. (5) Listening to the saints, he shines. (6) Eating curd, he sleeps. (7) Drinking water, you dance. (8) Seeing the fire, we turn. (9) Serving the village headman, he tires. (10) Tasting honey, he rejoices. (B) (1) For doing devotion, he gets up. (2) You endeavour to get satisfaction. (3) For saying the daughter, he enthuses. (4) We endeavour to tie the rope. (5) They get up to see cows. (C) (1) Having greeted Raghupati, the master rejoices. (2) Having saluted the guru, the poet sits. (3) Having done devotion, he lives. (4) Having got satisfaction, you rejoice. (5) Having seen cows, they get up. 154 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #178
Lesson 66 Noun-Pronoun Nouns Dative and Genitive Case Singular Number Nouns Dative and Genitive Case Singular number a-ending Masculine Narinda = King Narindassa/ Narindaya (Only in Dative) a-ending Neuter Rajja - State Rajjassa) Rajjaya (Only in Dative) a-ending Feminine Maya - Mother Mayaa/Mayai/ Mayae i-ending Feminine Juvai : Youn Juvaia/Juvaia/ Juvaii/Juvaie i-ending Feminine Putti = Daughter Puttia/Puttia/ Puttii/Puttie u-ending Feminine Dhenu - Cow Dhenua/Dhenda/ Dhenui/Dhenue u-ending Feminine Jambu : Tree of Jambua/Jambua/ Jamuna Jambui/Jambue Pronoun Dative and Genitive Case Singular number Mama/Maham/Majjha - My/For me Tujjha/Tumham/Tuha: Your/For you Tasa/Tassa/Se His/For him (Masculine or Neuter) Tissa/Tasa/$e/Taal = Her/For her (Feminine) Tai/Tie Prakrta Grammar and Composition 155

Page #179
Instransitive Verbs Hasa = To laugh Jagga = To wake up Vaddha - To increase Nijjhara - To drop Transitive Verbs Rakkha : To protect Iccha = To desire Gaccha - To go Kokka To call Genitive Case Singular Narindassa Putto Hasai/etc. The son of the king laughs. Rajjassa Sasanam Tam Rakkhai/etc. =The government of the state protects him. Mayaa Mavai Mayae Sasa Jaggai/etc. = The mother's sister wakes up. Juvaia Juvaia Juvaii Juvaie Maya Jaggai/etc. = The mother of the young woman wakes up. Puttia Puttia Puttii Puttie Dhanam Vaddhai/etc. = The wealth of the daughter increases. Dhenia - Dhenua Dhenui Dhenue Khiram Nijjharai/etc. - The milk of the cow drops. 156 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #180
Jambua Jambua Jambui Jambue Mama Maham Majjha Tujjha Tumham Tuha Tasa Tassa Se Tissa/Tasa/. Se/Taa/ Tai/Tae Dative Case Singular So Au Vaddhai/etc, Putto Sokkham Potto Gharam Putto Mamam Putto Tumam Narindassa/ Gantham Narindaya Parikkhaa/ Gantham Tumam Parikkhai/ Parikkhae - The age of the tree of Jamuna increases. Icchai/etc. My son desires pleasure. Gacchai/etc. Your grandson goes to home. Kokkai/etc. Kokkai/etc. = His son calls me. = Her son calls you. Kinai/etc. He purchases the book for the king. Padhasi/etc. = You read the book for the examination. Note. In this way, other sentences of the Dative Case are to be constructed. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 157

Page #181
Lesson 67 Noun Nouns Dative and Genitive Case Singular Number Nouns Dative and Genitive Case Singular Number i-ending Masculine Sami - Master Samino/Samissa i-ending Masculine Gamanino/ Gamani : Village headman Gamanissa u-ending Masculine Sahu - Saint Sahuno/Sahussa u-ending Masculine Sayambhu - Self-made Sayambhuno/ Sayambhussa person i-ending Neuter Vari - Water Varino/Varissa u-ending Neuter Vatthu : Thing Vatthuno/Vatthussa Intransitive Verbs Gala = To Vanish Cua = To drop Fura = To appear Jagga To wake up Transitive Verbs Kara = To do, To get Padha = To read Genitive Case Singular Samino/ Gavvo Samissa Galai/ etc. - The pride of the master vanishes. Putto Gamanino/ Gamanissa Gantham Padhai/etc. = The son of the village headman reads the book. 158 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #182
Sahuno/ Sahussa/ Sayambhuno/ Putto Sayambhussa Varino/ Varissa So Dative Case Singular Aham Tumam Teu So Furai/etc. Bindu Cuai/etc. Vatthuno/ Nanam Karai/etc. Vatthussa Samino/ Samissa Jaggai/etc. Prakrta Grammar and Composition = The radiance of the saint appears. - The son of Sayambhu wakes up. = The drop of water drips. = He gets knowledge of the thing. Jagarami/etc. = I wake up for the master. Sahuno/ Bhoyanam Icchasi/etc. You desire food Sahussa for the saint. = Gamanino/ Gamam Gacchai/etc. He goes to the Gamanissa village for the village headman. = Note - In this way, other sentences are to be constructed. 159

Page #183
Lesson 68 Noun - Pronoun Nouns Dative and Genitive Case Plural Number Nouns Dative and Genitive Case Plural Number a-ending Masculine Narinda = King Narindana/ Narindanam a-ending Neuter Rajja - State Rajjana/Rajjanam a-ending Feminine Maya - Mother Mayana/Mayanam i-ending Feminine Juvai - Young lady Juvaina/Juvainam i-ending Feminine Putti = Daughter Puttina/Puttinam u-ending Feminine Dhenu = Cow Dhenuna/Dhenunam Jambuna/Jaibunar u-ending Feminine Jambu = Tree of Jamuna Pronoun Dative and Genitive Case Plural Amhana/Amhanam/Mamana/ : For us/Our Mamanam/Majjhana/Majjhanam Tumana/Tuhana/Tumhanam/= For you all/Your Tujjhana/Tujjhanam Tesim/Tana/Tanam : For them/Their (Masculine) Tesim/Tana/Tanam * For them/Their (Feminine) Intransitive Verbs Hasa = To laugh Jagga - To wake up Transitive Verbs Rakkha = To Protect Iccha - To desire 160 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #184
Vaddha = To grow Nijjhara To trickle, To drop = Genitive Case Plural Narindana Narindanam Rajjana Mayanam} Juvaina Juvainam Puttina Puttinam } Dhenuna Dhenunam Jambuna Jambunam Amhana Amhanam Mamana Mamanam Majjhana Majjhanam } Putta Sasa Sasana Tam Rakkhanti/etc.= Maya Dhanam Khiram Aum Gaccha = To go Kokka = To call, To invite Prakrta Grammar and Composition Hasanti/etc. Jaggai/etc. Jaggai/etc. Vaddhai/etc. Nijjharai/etc. Vaddhai/etc. Putto Sokkham Icchai/etc. = = = The sons of kings laugh. The government of states protects him. The sister of mothers wakes up. The mother of young women wakes up. The wealth of daughters increases. The milk of cows drips. The age of Jamuna trees increases. = Our son desires pleasure. 161

Page #185
Tumana Tuhana Tumhanam Tujjhana Tujjhanam Tesim Tana Tanam Tesim Tana Tanam So Tumam 162 Potto Gharam Gacchai/etc. Tumam Amhana Dative Case Plural Narindana/ Narindanam Putta Mamam Kokkanti/etc. = Parikkhana/ Parikkhanam Putta Tumam Kokkanti/etc. = Gantham Kinai/etc. = Gantham Padhasi/etc. Your grandson goes to the house. == Their (Masc.) sons call me. = Their (Femi.) sons call you. He purchases the book for the king. Note In the above way, other sentences of the Dative Case are to be constructed. You read the book for examinations. Naccahi/etc. = You dance for us. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #186
Lesson 69 Noun Nouns Dative and Genitive Case Plural Nouns Dative and Genitive Case Plural Number Samina/Saminam i-ending Masculine Sami - Master i-ending Masculine Gamani - Village headman Gamanina/ Gamaninam u-ending Masculine Sahu - Saint Sahuna/Sahunam u-ending Masculine Sayambhu : Self-made Sayambhuna/ person Sayambhunam i-ending Neuter Vari : Water Varina/Varinam u-ending Neuter Vatthu - Thing Vatthuna/Vatthunam Intransitive Verbs Gala - To Vanish Fura = To appear Cua =To drop Jagga - To wake up Transitive Verbs Kara - To do, To get Padha - To read Iccha = To desire Dative and Genitive Plural Samina/ Gavvo Saminam Galai/ etc. - The pride of masters Vanishes. Teu Furai/etc. Sahuna/ Sahunam = The radiance of saints appears. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 163

Page #187
So Nanam Karai/etc. Vatthuna/ Vatthunam - He gets knowledge of things. Aham Samina/ Saminam Jagarami/etc. - I wake up for masters. Bhoyanam Tumam Sahuna/ Sahunam Icchasi/ - You desire food etc. for saints. 164 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #188
Lesson 70 Exercises Translate the following sentences into Prakrta(A) (1) The son of a king greets/should greet/ will greet Rama. (2) The sister of maternal uncle does/should do/will do pride. (3) The government of the state protects/should protect/will protect him. (4) Pleasure of Rama is my pleasure/ should be my pleasurel will be my pleasure. (5) The mother of Sita listens to/should listen to/will listen to the story. (6) I hear/should hear/shall hear the story of the Ganges. (7) My son desires/should desire/will desire pleasure. (8) His son goes/should go/will go to the house. (9) He drinks/should drink/will drink the water of Narmada. (10) His mother brings/should bring/will bring you up. (B) (1) The son of a king demands/should demand will demand small bundle for Rama. (2) He reads/should read/will read his book for examination. (3) My son laughs/should laugh/will laugh for pleasure. (4) He drinks/should drink/will drink water of Narmada for the body. (5) The pleasure of Rama is/ should become/will become the pleasure for all. (C) (1) The brothers of masters greet him. (2) The gurus of poets see us. (3) The enemies of kings think of fighting. (4) Our gurus partake of food. (5) My maternal aunts purchase sari. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 165

Page #189
Nouns Ablative Case Singular Number a-ending Masculine a-ending Neuter a-ending Feminine i-ending Feminine i-ending Feminine 166 Lesson 7 1 Noun Pronoun Nouns Narinda King = Rajja = State Maya = Mother Putti Daughter = Ablative Case Singular Number Narindatto/Narindao/ Narindau/Narindahi/ Narindahinto/Narinda Rajjatto/Rajjao/ Rajjau/Rajjahi/ Rajjahinto/Rajja Juvai Young woman Juvaia/Juvaia/ Juvaii/Juvaie/ Mayaa/Mayai/ Mayae/Mayahinto/ Mayatto/Mayau/ Mayao Juvaitto/Juvaio/ Juvaiu/Juvaihinto Puttia/Puttia/ Puttii/Puttie/ Puttitto/Puttio/ Puttiu/Puttihinto Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #190
u-ending Feminine u-ending Feminine Jambu Tree of Jamuna So Pronoun Ablative Case Singular Dhenu = Cow Maitto/Mamao/Majjhao/Mamahinto Tumhahinto/Tuvatto/Tuhao/Tumao Intransitive Verbs Dara = To fear Uppajja = To grow Tao/Tau/Tahinto Taa/Tai/Tae/Tatto Ablative Case Singular Narindatto/Narindao/ Narindau/Narindahi/ Narindahinto/Narinda Mayaa/Mayai/ Putto Mayae/Mayahinto/ Mayatto/Mayau/Mayao Prakrta Grammar and Composition Dhenua/Dhenua/ Dhenui/Dhenue/ Transitive Verbs Dhava To run 1= Pada = To fall Nisara = To come out Agaccha = To come Dhenutto/Dhenuo/ Dhenuu/Dhenuhinto Jambua/Jambua/ Jambui/Jambue/ Jambutto/Jambuo/ Jambuu/Jambuhinto = From me - From you = From him = From her Darai/etc. He is afraid of the king. Darai/etc. The son is afraid of mother. 167

Page #191
Maya Puttia/Puttia/ Puttii/Puttie/ Puttitto/Puttio/ Puttiu/Puttihinto - The mother reads > Gantham Padhai/etc. the book from the daughter. Exercises (1) The child is afraid of the serpent. (2) Food grows from the field. (3) He is afraid of the cow. (4) The Jamuna falls from the tree of Jamuna. (5) The dog runs from the field. (6) Man should be afraid of Violence. (7) The child falls from the roof of the house. (8) The Ganges flows from the mountain. (9) He is afraid of me.(10) He reads the book from you. (11) A tree grows from the seed. (12) The son hides from father. The Ablative Case is used :(1). In that in which something is separated from something, as- Jamuna falls from the tree. (2). In that from whom somebody desires to hide, as- hides from the father. (3). In the cause of fear, as- is afraid of the serpent. (4). In that by whom knowledge is acquired, as- I read a book from you. (5). In the meaning indicative of growing', as- A tree grows from the seed. 168 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #192
Lesson 72 Noun Ablative Case Singular Number Nouns i-ending Masculine Sami - Master Ablative Case Singular Samino/Samitto! Samio/Samiu/ Samihinto u-ending Masculine Sahu : Saint Sahuno/Sahutto/ Sahuo/Sahuu/ Sahuhinto i-ending Neuter Vari : Water Varino/Varitto/ Vario/Variu/ Varihinto u-ending Neuter Vatthu - Thing Vatthuno/Vatthutto/ Vatthuo/Vatthuu/. Vatthuhinto Ablative Case Singular Number So Samino/Samitto/ Samio/Samiu/ Samihinto Darai/etc. : He is afraid of the master. So Sahuno/Sahutto Sahuo/Sahuul Sahuhinto Padhai/etc. - He learns through the saint. Varino/Varitto/ Vario/Variu/ Varihinto Pattam Uppajjai/etc. = The leaf emanates from water. Prakyta Grammar and Composition 169

Page #193
Lesson 73 Noun Ablative Case Plural Number Nouns Ablative Case Plural Number a-ending Masculine Narinda = King Narindatto/Narindao/ Narindau/Narindahi/ Narindahinto/ Narindasunto/ Narindebi/ Narindehinto/ Narindesunto i-ending Masculine Sami - Master Samitto/Samio/ Samiu/Samihintol Samisunto u-ending Masculine Sahu = Saint Sahutto/Sahuo/ Sahuu/Sahuhinto/ Sahusunto a-ending Neuter Rajja - State Rajjatto/Rajjao/ Rajjau/Rajjahi/ Rajjahinto/ Rajjasunto/Rajjehi/ Rajjehinto/Rajjesunto i-ending Neuter Vari : Water Varitto/Vario/Variu/ Varihinto/Varisunto u-ending Neuter Vatthu : Thing Vatthutto/Vatthuol Vatthuu/Vatthuhinto/ Vatthusunto 170 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #194
Ablative Case Plural Numbers Narindatto/Narindao/ So Darai/etc. Narindau/Narindahi/ Narindahinto/Narindasuntol Narindehi/ Narindehinto Narindesunto He is afraid of Kings. Tumam Samitto/Samio/ Samiu/Samihintol Samisunto Darahi/etc. = You should be afraid of masters. Aham Sahutto/Sahuo/ Sahuu/Sahuhinto/ Sahusunto Padhami/etc. = I learn through saints. Note - In this way, other sentences may be constructed. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 171

Page #195
a-ending Feminine Nouns Ablative Case Plural Number Nouns i-ending Feminine i-ending Feminine u-ending Feminine u-ending Feminine 172 Lesson 7 4 Noun - Pronoun Maya Mother 1=1 Juvai - Young lady = Putti Daughter Dhenu : Cow = Jambu Tree of Jamuna Pronouns Ablative Case Plural Number Mamahinto/Mamasunto/Amhao/ Amhehi/Mamehinto Tujjhao/Tubbhehinto Tahinto/Tasunto/Tehinto Tio/Tihinto/Tisunto Ablative Case Plural Mayatto/Mayao/ Mayau/Mayahinto/ Mayasunto Juvaitto/Juvaio/ Juvaiu/Juvaihinto/ Juvaisunto Puttitto/Puttio/ Puttiu/Puttihinto/ Puttisunto Dhenutto/Dhenuo/ Dhenuu/Dhenuhinto Dhenusunto Jambutto/Jambuo Jambuu/Jambuhinto/ Jambusunto Tubbhasunto/Tumhahinto/Tumhasunto/= From all of you. = From all of us. = From them.(Mas., Neu.) = From them. (Fem.) Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #196
Note: Here those declensional forms are given which are much used. For other declencsional forms see the table. Ablative Case Plural Mayatto/Mayao/ Vayam Mayau/Mayahinto/ Mayasunto Te Juvaitto/Juvaio/ Juvaju/Juvaihinto/ Juvaisunto Prakrta Grammar and Composition Daramo/etc. =1 All of us are afraid of mothers. Lukkanti/etc. = All of them hide from young ladies. 173

Page #197
Lesson 75 Noun - Pronoun Nouns Locative Case Singular Number a-ending Masculine a-ending Neuter i-ending Masculine i-ending Masculine Nouns Locative Case Singular Narinda - King Narinde/Narindammi Rajja - State Rajje/Rajjammi Sami - Master Samimmi Gamani - Village Gamanimmi headman Sahu = Saint Sahummi Sayambhu = Self-made Sayambhummi u-ending Masculine u-ending Masculine person Varimmi i-ending Neuter u-ending Neuter a-ending Feminine Vari: Water Vatthu - Thing Maya - Mother Vatthummi i-ending Feminine Juvai - Young lady Mayaa/Mayai/ Mayae Juvaia/Juvaia/ Juvaii/Juvaie Puttia/Puttia/ i-ending Feminine Putti = Daughter Puttii/Puttie u-ending Feminine Dhenu - Cow Dhenua/Dhenual Dhenui/Dhenue Jambua/Jambua/ Jambui/Jambue u-ending Feminine Jambu : Tree of Jamuna 174 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #198
Pronouns Locative Case Singular Number Amhammi/Me/Mahammi = In mel on me Tumae/Tuhammi/Tumammi - In you/On you Tammi/Tassim/Tahim - In them/ On them (Mas., Neu.) Tia/Tai/Tae - In them/On them (Fem.) Exercises (1) He dances in the house. (2) Clouds thunder in the sky. (3) He faints in the examination. (4) Water dries up in the Narmada. (5) Sita hears the story in the house. (6) He sits on the small bundle. (7) Speech tires in old age. (8) The wealth increases in the Kingdom of Rama. (9) His mother brings up the son in the house, (10) Having laughed, you dance in the house. Prakyta Grammar and Composition 175

Page #199
Lesson 76 Noun - Pronoun Nouns Locative Case Plural Number Nouns Locative Case Plural a-ending Masculine Narinda : King Narindesu/ Narindesum a-ending Neuter Rajja - State Rajjesu/Rajjesui i-ending Masculine Sami - Master Samisu/Samisum i-ending Masculine Gamani - Village Gamanisu/ headman Gamanisum u-ending Masculine Sahu - Saint Sahusu/Sahusum u-ending Masculine Sayambhu - Self-made Sayambhusu/ person Sayambhusun i-ending Neuter Vari : Water Varisu/Varisur u-ending Neuter Vatthu - Thing Vatthusu/Vatthusum a-ending Feminine Maya - Mother Mayasu/Mayasum i-ending Feminine Juvai - Young lady Juvaisu/Juvaisui i-ending Feminine Putti = Daughter Puttisu/Puttisus u-ending Feminine Dhenu = Cow Dhenusu/Dhenusum u-ending Feminine Jambu : Tree of Jambusu/ Jamuna Jambusum Pronouns Locative Case Plural Number Amhesu/Mamesu/Majjhesu Tusu/Tumesu/Tumhesu Tesu/Tesum Tisu/Tisum/Tasu/Tasun : In us. = In you. - In them. (Masculine, Neuter) - In them. (Feminine) 176 Praksta Grammar and Composition

Page #200
Lesson 77 Noun Nouns in Vocative Case Singular and Plural Number Plural Deva Hari, Harao, Harau, Harino Nouns Vocative Singular Deva Devo, Deva, Deva = god Hari Hari, Hari - Name of a god Gamani Gamani * Village headman Sahu Sahu, Sahu = Saint Gamani, Gamanao, Gamanau Gamanino Sahu, Sahao, Sahau, Sahavo, Sahuno Sayambhu Sayambhu = Self-made person Sayambhu, Sayambhao, Sayambhau, Sayambhavo, Sayambhuno Kahe, Kaha Kahau, Kahao, Kaha Kaha - Story Mai Mai, Mai Mai, Maju, Maio = Intellect Lacchi Lacchi * Wealth Lacchi, Lacchia, Lacchio, Lacchiu Dhenu, Dhenu Dhenu, Dhenuu, Dhenuo Dhenu - Cow Bahu - Daughter-inlaw Bahu Bahu, Bahuu, Bahuo Prakrta Grammar and Composition 177

Page #201
Kamala = Lotus flower Vari Water Mahu = Honey Exercise 1. 178 Kamala Vari Mahu Kamalaim, Kamalaim, Kamalani Variim, Variim, Varini Mahuim, Mahuim, Mahuni (1) Oh master! you should protect us. (2) Oh king! there is no pleasure in your kingdom. (3) Oh friend! you should come to my house. (4) Oh mother! you should bring up children. (5) Oh Sita! lot of suffering is in the forest. (6) Oh son! you should speak the truth. (7) Oh young woman! you should laugh. (8) Boys! all of you should read books. (9) Friends! all of you should be afraid of the state. (10) Saints! you should observe self-control. In the Vocative Case calling someone occurs. its signs are : Oh !, O!, Alas! etc. It is known as Interjection. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #202
(A) Causative Suffixes of Simple Verbs Verbs Hasa To laugh = Biha To Fear = Lesson 78 Causative Suffixes a Hasa+a = Hasa (Hasana) (To casue to laugh) ('a' which is adjacent to the final syllable is changed into 'a'.) ava Hasa+ava = Hasava (To casue to laugh) a Suffixes Biha+a = Beha (Darana) (To cause to fear) ('i' which is adjacent to the final syllable is changed into 'e'.) ava Prakrta Grammar and Composition Biha+ava = Behava (To cause to fear) ('i' which is adjacent to the final syllable is changed into 'e'.) a, e, ava, ave e Hasa+e = Hase (To cause to laugh) ('a' which is adjacent to the final syllable is changed into 'a'.) ave Hasa+ave Hasave (To cause to laugh) e = Biha+e= Behe (To cause to fear) ('i' which is adjacent to the final syllable is changed into 'e'.) ave Biha+ave = Behave (To cause to fear) ('i' which is adjacent to the final syllable is changed into 'e'.) 179

Page #203
Duha - To milk Duha+e - Dohe Duha+a - Doha (Duhana) (To cause to milk) ('u' which is adjacent to the final syllable is changed into 'o'.) ava (To cause to milk) ('u' which is adjacent to the final syllable is changed into 'o'.) ave Duha+ave - Dohave (To cause to milk) ('u' which is adjacent to the final syllable is changed into 'o'.). Duha+ava - Dohava (To cause to milk) ('u' which is adjacent to the final syllable is changed into 'o'.) Rusa = To sulk Rusa+a - Rusa Rusate - Ruse (Rusana) (To cause to sulk) (There is no change in the long vowel 'u' which is adjacent to the final syllable.) ava ave Rusa+ava : Rusava Rusa+ave = Rusave (Rusana) (To cause to sulk) (There is no change in the long vowel 'u'. which is adjacent to the final syllable.) 180 Prakyta Grammar and Composition

Page #204
Jiva To live Tha = To stay Nacca To dance a Jiva+a = Jiva (Jivana) (To cause to live) (There is no change in the long vowel 'i' which is adjacent to the final syllable.) ava Jiva+ava = Jivava a Tha+a = Thaa (Thaharana) (To cause to stay) ava Tha+ava Thava a = Prakrta Grammar and Composition Nacca+ava = Naccava Jivate = Jive ave Jiva+ave = Jivave Tha+e = Thae Nacca+a = Nacca Nacca (To cause to dance) ('a' which is adjacent to the final syllable is changed into 'a' but if conjunct consonent follows 'a' remains 'a'.) ava ave Tha+ave Thave e Nacca+e= Nacce ave Nacca+ave = Naccave 181

Page #205
Note - (i) After adding causative suffixes to the Verbs, the Tense suf fixes are added to construct Causative Forms in different Tenses, as, Hasai = To cause to laugh, Hasavai - To cause to laugh. [Present Tense Third Person Singular.) (ii) If there is a long Vowel adjacent to the final syllable 'avi' suffix is added besides the above suffixes, as, Rusa + avi = Rusavi (Margopadesika P. 320) (iii) In Arsa Praksta causative suffix ave is also used. On adding ave suffix a which is adjacent to the final syllable is changed into 'a' as Kara + ave - Karave. (B) Causative Suffixes for the Passive Voice and the Impersonal Form Verbs Suffixes avi, o avi 0 (zero) Hasa - To laugh Hasa+avi : Hasavi Hasa+0 = Hasa ['a' which is adjacent to the final syllable is changed into a.) Kara - To do Kara+avi - Karavi Kara+0 = Kara ['a' which is adjacent to the final syllable is changed into a'.] Duha - To milk Duha+avi - Duhavi Duha+o: Duha Rusa = To sulk Rusa+avi = Rusavi Rusa+0 = Rusa Tha = To stay Thatavi: Thaavi Tha+0: Tha Note - After adding the Causative Suffixes to the Verbs, the suffixes of the Passive Voice and the Impersonal Form are added to the Causatives. Karavi+ijja/ia - Karavijja/Karavia - To cause to do. Rusavi+ijja/ia = Rusavijja/Rusavia - To cause to sulk. 182 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #206
Kara+ijja/ia : Karijja/Karia - To cause to do. Rusa+ijja/ia - Rusijja/Rusia = To cause to sulk. Tha+ijja/ia - Thaijja/Thaia - To cause to stay. Afterwards, the suffixes of different Tenses are added. as, Karavijjai, Karaviai, Karavijjahi, Karaviahi, Karavijjami, Karaviami etc. avi, o (C) Causative Suffixes of Participles Verbs Suffixes avi Hasa+avi : Hasavi Hasa = To laugh Kara - To do Hasa+0 - Hasa Kara+O Kara Kara+avi = Karavi Causative Past Participle Hasavita = Hasavia Hasavi+ta - Hasavita Hasavi+da - Hasavida = caused to laugh - caused to laugh - caused to laugh = caused to laugh = caused to laugh = caused to laugh Hasa+ a = Hasia Hasa+ ta = Hasita Hasa+ da = Hasida Causative Present Participle Karavit a + nta - Karavanto/Karavento - causing to do Karavi+ a + mana = Karavamano/Karavemano = causing to do Kara+nta - Karanto, Karento - causing to do Kara+ mana - Karamano/Karemano = causing to do Causative Obligatory and Potential Participle Karavi + avva : Karaviavva = should be caused to do Karavi + tavva - Karavitavva = should be caused to do Karavi + davva = Karavidavva. - should be caused to do Prakrta Grammar and Composition 183

Page #207
Karavi + anijja Karavi + aniya Hasavi tuna/tunam Causative Absolutive Participle Hasavitum + um Hasavi+uana/tuana Hasavi + a Hasavi + tta Hasavi + ttana Hasavi +una/unam Kara + tum + um Kara+ tuna/tunam Kara+uana/uanam Kara+tuana/tuanam Kara+ a Kara+tta Kara+ttana Kara+una/unam Karavanijja = should be caused to do = should be caused to do = Karavaniya = 184 - Hasavitum/Hasavetum = Having caused to Hasavium/Hasaveum laugh = Hasavituna/Hasavitunam Hasaviuana/Hasavituana = 13 Hasavia/Hasavea = Hasavitta = = Hasaviuna/Hasaviunam = Karitum/Karetum/Karium/Kareum = Hasavittana = = Kariuana/Kareuana/Kariuanam/ = Karituna/Karetuna/Karitunam/Karetunam Kareuanam Karetuanam = Karia/Karea = Karituana/Karetuana/Karituanam/ Karitta Karittana = Causative Infinitive Participle Hasavi+tum Hasavi+um Hasavi+dum Hasavi+ttae Having caused to do - Kariuna/Kareuna/Kariunam/Kareunam = Hasavitum = Hasavium = Hasavidum Hasavittae = For causing to laugh "" 23 "" "" Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #208
Kara + tum - For causing to do = Karitur/Karetum = Karium/Kareum Kara+um Kara+dur = Karidum/Karedus Kara+ttae : Karittae Use in Sentences : (A) Intransitive Verb: Hasa - To laugh Present Tense (A-1) Ordinary Active Voice Aham/Ham/Ammi Hasami/Hasami/Hasemi I laugh. Causative Active Voice Suffixes : a, e, ava, ave Aham/Ham/Ammi Tam (i) Hasami/Hasami/Hasemi (ii) Hasemi (iii) Hasavami/Hasavami/ Hasavemi (iv) Hasavemi I make him laugh. Note: By using different Nouns and Personal Pronouns sentences in different Tenses should be constructed. (A-2) Ordinary Impersonal form Mai/Mae/Me/Mamae Hasijjai/etc. (This does not exist in english) Impersonal form to Causative Passive Voice Suffixes : avi, 0 (Zero) Mai/Mae/Me/Mamae So (i) Hasavijjai/Hasaviai/etc. (ii) Hasijjai/Hasiai/etc. He is made to laugh by me. Note: By using different Nouns and Personal Pronouns sentences in different Tenses should be constructed. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 185

Page #209
(B) Transitive Verb: (B-1) Ordinary Active Voice Aham/Ham/Ammi Kajjam (2/1) Karami/ Karami/Karemi I do the work. 186 Kara = To do Present Tense (B-2) Ordinary Passive Voice Mai/Mae/Me/Mamae Kajjam (1/1) Karijjai/etc. The work is done by me. Note: By using different Nouns and Personal Pronouns sentences in different Tenses should be constructed. Causative Active Voice Suffixes: a, e, ava, ave Aham/Ham/Ammi Tena (3/1) Kajjam (2/1) (i) Karami/Karami/Karemi (ii) Karemi (iii) Karavami/Karavami/ Karavemi (iv) Karavemi I make him do the work Note: By using different Nouns and Personal Pronouns sentences in different Tenses should be constructed. Causative Passive Voice Suffixes: avi, 0 (Zero) Mai/Mae/Me/Mamae Kajjam (1/1) Tena (3/1) (i) Karavijjai/etc. (ii) Karijjai/etc. I get the work done by him. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #210
(C) Intransitive Verb: (C-1) Past Participle Active Voice Aham/Ham/Ammi Hasio/Hasito/Hasido I laughed. (C-2) Past Participle Impersonal form Mai/Mae/Me/Mamae Hasiam/Hasitam/Hasidam (This does not exist in english) Hasa = To laugh (C-3) Obligatory and Potential Participle Impersonal form Mai/Mae/Me/Mamae Hasiavvam/Hasitavvam/ Hasiniyam/etc. (This does not exist in english) Prakrta Grammar and Composition Causative Past Participle Suffixes: avi, 0 (Zero) Mai/Mae/Me/Mamae So (i) Hasavio/Hasavito/ Hasavido (ii) Hasio/Hasito/Hasido He was made to laugh by me. Causative Past Participle Suffixes: avi, 0 (Zero) Mai/Mae/Me/Mamae So (i) Hasavio/Hasavito/ Hasavido (ii) Hasio/Hasito/Hasido He was made to laugh by me. Causative Obligatory and Potential form Suffixes: avi, 0 (Zero) Mai/Mae/Me/Mamae So (i) Hasaviavvo/Hasavidavvo/ Hasaviniyo/etc. (ii) Hasiavvo/Hasidavvo/ Hasiniyo He should be made to laugh by me. 187

Page #211
(C-4) (C-5) Ordinary Present Participle Aham/Ham/Ammi Hasanto/Hasamano/etc. 188 Utthami/etc. Laughing, I get up. Ordinary Absolutive Aham/Ham/Ammi Hasiuna/Hasiduna/etc. Jivami/etc. Having laughed, I live. (C-6) Ordinary Infinitive Aham/Ham/Ammi Hasium/Hasidum/etc. Jivami/etc. I live to laugh. (D) Transitive Verb: (D-1) Ordinary Past Participle Passive Voice Mai/Mae/Me/Mamae Kajjam (1/1) Kariam/ Kara Karidam/etc. The work was done by me. Causative Present Participle Suffixes: avi, 0 (Zero) Aham/Ham/Ammi (i) Hasavanto/Hsavamano (ii) Hasanto/Hasamano Tam Utthami/etc. Causing him to laugh, I get up. Causative Absolutive Suffixes: avi, 0 (Zero) Aham/Ham/Ammi (i) Hasaviuna/Hasaviduna/etc. (ii) Hasiuna/Hasiduna/etc. Jivami/etc. Having caused him to laugh, I live. Tam Causative Infinitive Suffixes: avi, 0 (Zero) Aham/Ham/Ammi = To do (i) Hasavium/Hasavidum/etc. (ii) Hasium/Hasidum/etc. Jivami/etc. I live to make him laugh. Tam Causative Past Participle Passive Voice Suffixes: avi, 0 (Zero) Mai/Mae/Me/Mamae Tena (3/1) Kajjam (1/1) (i) Karaviam/Karavidam/etc. (ii) Kariam/Karidam/etc. I got the work done by him. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #212
(D-2) Obligatory and Potential Participle Passive Voice Mai/Mae/Me/Mamae/ Kajjam (1/1) Kariavvam/ etc. The work should be done by me. (D-3) Ordinary Present Participle Aham/Ham/Ammi Kajjam (1/1) Karanto/ Karamano Harisami/Harisami/etc. Doing the work, I rejoice. (D-4) Ordinary Absolutive Aham/Ham/Ammi Kajjam (1/1) Kariuna/etc. Harisami/Harisami/etc. Having done the work, I rejoice. Prakrta Grammar and Composition Causative Obligatory and Potential Participle Passive Voice Suffixes: avi, 0 (Zero) Mai/Mae/Me/Mamae Kajjam (1/1) Tena (3/1) (i) Karaviavvam/etc. (i) Kariavvam/etc. I should get the work done by him. Causative Present Participle Suffixes: avi, 0 (Zero) Aham/Ham/Ammi Kajjam (1/1)/ (i) Karavanto/Karavamano (ii) Karanto/Karamano/etc. Harisami/Harisami/etc. Causing him to do the work, I rejoice. Tena Causative Absolutive Suffixes: avi, 0 (Zero) Aham/Ham/Ammi Kajjam (1/1) (i) Karaviuna/etc. (ii) Kariuna/etc. Tena Harisami/Harisami/etc. Having got the work done, I rejoice. 189

Page #213
(D-5) Ordinary Infinitive 190 Aham/Ham/Ammi Kajjam (1/1) Karium/etc. Jivami/etc. I live to do the work. Causative Infinitive Suffixes: avi, 0 (Zero) Aham/Ham/Ammi Kajjam (1/1) (i) Karavium/etc. (ii) Karium/etc. Tena Jivami/etc. I live to get the work done. Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #214
Lesson 79 Retainer of Innate Meaning Suffixes (Svarthika Suffixes) No Change in the Innate Meaning of Nouns occurs despite the addition of Svarthika suffixes, after the addition of the Svarthika suffixes declension takes place. Svarthika Suffixes:- a, illa, ulla as Hiaya+a Canda+a Pallava+illa Pia+ulla = Hiayaa = Candaa = Pallavilla = : Piulla Prakrta Grammar and Composition 191

Page #215
Lesson 80 Different Pronouns Exercises Ja (Ma. N.) - Which or who Ja (Fem.) = Who Ka (Ma. N.) : Who Ka (Fem.) = Who Eta (Ma. N.) - This Eta (Fem.) = This Ima (Ma. N.) - This Ima (Fem.): This Translate the following sentences into Praksta by looking to the table of Declension of the above-mentioned Pronouns. (A). - (1) The man who tires sleeps. (2) He who angers hides. (3) He who sleeps laughs. (4) Whose body tires, his old age increases. (5) Whom I call, you are that. (6) The wood on which you sit, is mine. (7) By whom you are afraid of, I am afraid of him. (B). (1) This man laughs. (2) These men laugh. (3) He reads this book. (4) They read these books. (5) This man laughs. (6) Books are read by these men. (7) I live for this. (8) She lives for this. (9) l observe this vow. (10) Knowledge occurs in this man. (C). (1) What do you do? (2) Which works do you perform? (3) By what does he drink water ? (4) Whose son is he? (5) Whom he is afraid of ? (6) For whom do you live? (7) In whom does your devotion occur ? 192 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #216
(D) (1) Who dances ? (2) Which vow does he observe ? (3) By whom water was drunk ? (4) For whom do you get up ? (5) Whose son is he? (6) Whose book is this ? (7) Which state do you protect? (8) in which house does he live? Prakrta Grammar and Composition 193

Page #217
Lesson 81 Indeclinables Jai = If Java - As long as Tava = For that time Jattha - Where Tahim/Tattha - There Jaheva = The way in which Taheva = Likewise Kattha/Kahim - Where Ettha - Here Ma = No Jaha - The way in which Taha : Likewise Taha = Likewise Evameva = In this way Tam - Therefore Vina = Without Pi * Also Ta : Then Exercise (1) As long as you wake up, for that time, I see picture. (2) Where your village is, there is my house. (3) The way in which he desires pleasure, likewise I desire pleasure. (4) Where do you live ? (5) I live here. (6) You should not laugh. (7) Rama does not get up. (8) If you say, then I do this work. Such words in the form of which no change occurs and they always remain the same, are called Indeclinables. In other words, in all cases, in all Numbers, and in all Genders when the words remain without any change they are called Indeclinables. (Abhinava Prakrta Grammar, P 213) 194 Prakyta Grammar and Composition

Page #218
Lesson 82 Conjugation and Verbal endings (1) Present Tense endings Singular Plural First Person mi mo, mu, ma Second Person si, se ha, ittha, dha Third Person i, e, di, de nti, nte, ire. Conjugation of 'Hasa' in the Present Tense (Hasa - To laugh) Singular Plural First Person Hasami/Hasamil Hasamo/ Hasamu/Hasama Hasemi (for other inflections, see lesson - 5) Second Person Hasasi/Hasasel Hasaha/Hasittha/Hasadha Hasesi Third Person Hasai/Hasae/ Hasanti/Hasante/Hasire Hasadi/Hasade Note : For the Present Tense, see lesson 1 to 8. For the conjugation of a-ending Verbs in the Present Tense, see lessons 4 and 8. (2) Imperative endings Singular Plural First Person mu mo Second Person ha, dha hi, su, dhi, zero ijjasu, ijjahi, ijje Third Person u, du ntu Prakrta Grammar and Composition 195

Page #219
Conjugation of 'Hasa' in the Imperative (Hasa-To laugh) Singular Plural First Person Hasamu/Hasamu/ Hasamo/Hasamo/ Hasimu/Hasemu Hasemo Second Person Hasahi/Hasasu/ Hasaha/Haseha/ Hasadhi/Hasa/ Hasadha/Hasedha Hasejjasu/Hasejjahi/ Hasejje Third Person Hasau/Haseu/ Hasantu/Hasentu Hasadu/Hasedu Note: For the Imperative see lesson 9 to 16. For the conjugation of a-ending verbs in the Imperative see lesson 12 and 16. (3) Future Tense endings Singular Plural hi, ssa, ssi, ha hi, ssa, ssi, ha First Person ssam (complete suffix) hissa, hittha (complete suffix) Second Person hi, ssa, ssi hi, ssa, ssi Third Person hi, ssa, ssi hi, ssa, ssi Conjugation of 'Hasa' in the Future Tense (Hasa- To laugh) Singular Plural First Person Hasihimi/Hasissamil Hasihimo/Hasihimu/ Hasihami/Hasissimil Hasihima/Hasissamo Hasehimi/Hasessamil (For others see lesson 23) Hasehami/ Hasissam/Hasessar 196 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #220
Second Person Hasihisi/Hasihisel Hasissasi/Hasissasel Hasissisi/Hasissise Hasihiha/Hasihidha/ Hasihittha (For others see lesson 24) Third Person Hasihii/Hasihie/ Hasihidi/Hasihide (For others see lesson 21) Hasihinti/Hasihinte/ Hasihiire (For others see lesson 25) Note: For the Future Tense, see lesson 19 to 26. For the conjugation of a-ending Verbs in the Future Tense, see lessons 22 and 26. Prakrta Grammar and Composition 197

Page #221
Lesson 83 Conjugation of 'Asa': To be Present Tense Plural Singular Atthi, mhi First Person Atthi, mho, mha Second Person Atthi, si Atthi Third Person Atthi Atthi Past Tense Plural Singular Asi First Person Asi Second Person Third Person Asi 198 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #222
Lesson 84 (A) Declensional Forms of Nouns a-ending Noun Masculine (Deva) (god) Singular Plural Nominative case Devo, Deve Deva Accusative case Devam Deva, Deve Instrumental Devena, Devenam Devehi, Devehin, Devehim Dative Devassa, Devaya Devana, Devanam Ablative case Devatto, Devao, Devatto, Devao, Devau, Devahi, Devau, Devahi, Devahinto, Deva Devahinto, Devasunto, Devehi, Devehinto, Devesunto Genitive case Devassa Devana, Devanam Locative case Deve, Devammi Devesu, Devesur Vocative case He Devo, He Deva, He Deva He Deva i-ending Noun Masculine (Hari) (Name of a deity) Singular Plural Nominative case Hari Harau, Harao, Harino Hari Accusative case Haris Hari, Harino Insturmental Harina Harihi, Harihim, Harihin Dative Harino, Harissa Harina, Harinam Ablative case Harino, Haritto, Hario, Haritto, Hario, Hariu, Hariu, Harihinto Harihinto, Harisunto Genitive case Harino, Harissa Harina, Harinam Locative case Harimmi Harisu, Harisum Vocative case He Hari, He Hari He Harau, He Harao, He Harino, He Hari Praksta Grammar and Composition 199

Page #223
i-ending Noun Masculine (Gamani) (Headman of village) Singular Plural Nominative case Gamani Gamanau, Gamanao Gamanino, Gamani Accusative case Gamanim Gamani. Gamanino Instrumental Gamanina Gamanihi, Gamanihim Gamanihis Dative Gamanino, Gamanissa Gamanina, Gamaninan Ablative case Gamanino, Gamanitto, Gamanitto, Gamanio, Gamanio, Gamaniu, Gamaniu, Gamanihinto Gamanihinto Gamanisunto Genitive case Gamanino, Gamanissa Gamanina, Gamaninam Locative case Gamanimmi Gamanisu, Gamanisun Vocative case He Gamani He Gamanau, He Gamanao, He Gamanino, He Gamani u-ending Noun Masculine (Sahu) (Saint) Singular Plural Nominative case Sahu Sahau, Sahao, Sahavo, Sahuno Sahu Accusative case Sahum Sahu, Sahuno Instrumental Sahuna Sahuhi, Sahuhim, Sahuhin Dative Sahuno, Sahussa Sahuna, Sahunam Ablative case Sahuno, Sahutto, Sahutto, Sahuo, Sahuu. Sahuo, Sahuu, Sahuhinto, Sahusunto Sahuhinto Genitive case Sahuno, Sahussa Sahuna, Sahunam Locative case Sahummi Sahusu, Sahusum Vocative case He Sahu, He Sahau, He Sahao, He Sahu He Sahavo, He Sahuno, He Sahu 200 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #224
u-ending Noun Masculine (Sayambhu) (Self-made person) Singular Plural Nominative case Sayambhu Sayambhau, Sayambhao, Sayambhavo, Sayambhuno Sayambhu Accusative case Sayambhui Sayambhu. Sayambhuno Instrumental Sayambhuna Sayambhuhi, Sayambhuhim, Sayambhuhis Dative Sayambhuno, Sayambhuna, Sayambhunan Sayambhussa Ablative case Sayambhuno, Sayambhutto, Sayambhuo, Sayambhutto, Sayambhau, Sayambhuhinto Sayambhuo, Sayambhusunto Sayambhuu, Sayambhuhinto Genitive case Sayambhuno. Sayambhuna, Sayambhunam Sayambhussa Locative case Sayambhummi Sayambhusu, Sayambhusum Vocative case He Sayambhu He Sayambhau. He Sayambhao He Sayambhavo, He Sayambhuno, He Sayambhu a-ending Neuter? (Kamala) (Lotus) Singular Plural Nominative case Kamalam Kamalain, Kamalain, Kamalani Accusative case Kamalam Kamalain, Kamalais, Kamalani Instrumental Kamalena, Kamalenan Kamalehi, Kamalehim, Kamalehin Dative Kamalassa, Kamalaya Kamalana, Kamalanam Ablative case Kamalatto, Kamalao, Kamalau, Kamalahi, Kamalahinto, Kamala Kamalatto, Kamalao, Kamalau. Kamalahi, Kamalahinto, Kamalasunto, Kamalehi, Kamalehinto, Kamalesunto Kamalana, Kamalanam Kamalesu, Kamalesum He Kamalaim, He Kamalais, He Kamalani Genitive case Locative case Vocative case Kamalassa Kamale, Kamalammi He Kamala Praksta Grammar and Composition 201

Page #225
i-ending Neuter (Vari) (Water) Singular Nominative case Varirn Accusative case Varim Instrumental Varina Plural Variim, Variin, Varini Variim, Variis, Varini Varihi, Varihim, Varihin Dative Varino, Varissa Varina, Varinan Ablative case Varino, Varitto, Vario, Variu, Varihinto Varino, Varissa Genitive case Varitto, Vario, Variu, Varihinto, Varisunto Varina, Varinam Varisu, Varisur He Variim, He Variis, Locative case Varimmi Vocative case He Vari He Varini u-ending Neuter (Mahu) (Honey) Singular Plural Nominative case Mahum, Mahuim, Mahuin, Mahuni Accusative case Mahum, Mahuim, Mahuin, Mahuni Instrumental Mahuna Mahuhi, Mahuhim, Mahuhis Dative Mahuno, Mahussa Mahuna, Mahunam Ablative case Mahuno, Mahutto, Mahutto, Mahuo, Mahuu, Mahuo,, Mahuu, Mahuhinto, Mahusunto Mahuhinto Genitive case Mahuno, Mahussa Locative case Mahummi Vocative case He Mahu Mahuna, Mahunam Mahusu, Mahusum He Mahuir, He Mahuin, He Mahuni 202 Praksta Grammar and Composition

Page #226
Nominative case Kaha Accusative case Kaham Instrumental Dative Ablative case Genitive case Locative case Vocative case Dative Ablative case a-ending Feminine (Kaha) (Story) Singular Genitive case Locative case Vocative case Kahaa, Kahai, Kahae Kahaa, Kahai, Kahae Kahaa, Kahai, Kahae, Kahatto, Kahao, Kahau, Kahahinto Nominative case Mai Accusative case Maim Instrumental Kahaa, Kahai, Kahae Kahaa, Kahai, Kahae He Kahe, He Kaha i-ending Feminine (Mai) (Understanding) Singular Maia, Maia, Maii, Maie Maia, Maia, Maii, Maie Maia, Maia, Maii, Maie, Maitto, Maio, Maiu, Maihinto Maia, Maia, Mail, Maie Maia, Maia, Mali, Maie He Mai, He Mai Prakrta Grammar and Composition Plural Kahau, Kahao, Kaha Kahau, Kahao, Kaha Kahahi, Kahahim, Kahahim Kahana, Kahanam Kahatto, Kahao, Kahau, Kahahinto, Kahasunto Kahana, Kahanam Kahasu, Kahasum He Kahau, He Kahao, He Kaha Plural Maiu, Maio, Mai Maiu, Maio, Mai Maihi, Maihim, Maihim Maina, Mainam Maitto, Maio, Maiu, Maihinto Maisunto Maina, Mainam Maisu, Maisum He Maiu, He Maio, He Mai 203

Page #227
i-ending Feminine (Lacchi) (Wealth) Singular Plural Nominative case Lacchi, Lacchia Lacchiu, Lacchio, Lacchia, Lacchi, Accusative case Lacchim Lacchiu, Lacchio, Lacchia, Lacchi, Instrumental Lacchia, Lacchia, Lacchii Lacchihi, Lacchihim, Lacchin Lacchie Dative Lacchia, Lacchia, Lacchii Lacchina, Lacchinam Lacchie Ablative case Lacchia, Lacchia, Lacchii Lacchitto, Lacchio, Lacchiu, Lacchie, Lacchitto, Lacchihinto, Lacchisuto Lacchio, Lacchiu, Lacchihinto Genitive case Lacchia, Lacchia, Lacchii Lacchina, Lacchinam Lacchie Locative case Lacchia, Lacchia, Lacchii, Lacchisu, Lacchisum Lacchie Vocative case He Lacchi He Lacchiu, He Lacchio, He Lacchia, He Lacchi u-ending Feminine (Dhenu) (Cow) Singular Plural Nominative case Dhenu Dhenuu, Dhenuo, Dhenu Accusative case Dhenum Dhenuu, Dhenuo, Dhenu Instrumental Dhenua, Dhenua, Dhenui, Dhenuhi, Dhenuhim, Dhende Dhenuhim Dative Dhenua, Dhenua. Dhenui, Dhenuna, Dhenunam Dhenue Ablative case Dhenua, Dhenua, Dhenui, Dhenutto, Dhenuo, Dhenuu, Dhenue, Dhenutto, Dhenao, Dhenuhinto, Dhenusunto Dhenuu, Dhenuhinto Genitive case Dhenua, Dhenua, Dhendi, Dhenuna, Dhenunam Dhenue Locative case Dhenua, Dhenua, Dhenui, Dhenusu, Dhenusun Dhenue Vocative case Dhenu, Dhenu Dhenuu, Dhenuo, Dhenu 204 Praksta Grammar and Composition

Page #228
u-ending Feminine (Bahu) (Daughter-in-law) Singular Plural Nominative case Bahu Bahuu, Bahuo, Bahu Accusative case Bahum Bahuu, Bahuo, Bahu Instrumental Bahua, Bahua, Bahui, Bahuhi, Bahuhim, Bahuhin Bahue' Dative Bahua, Bahua, Bahui, Bahuna, Bahunam Bahue Ablative case Bahua, Bahua, Bahui, Bahutto, Bahuo, Bahuu, Bahue, Bahutto, Bahuo, Bahuhinto, Bahusunto Bahuu, Bahuhinto Genitive case Bahua, Bahua, Bahui, Bahuna, Bahunam Bahue Locative case Bahua, Bahua, Bahui, Bahusu, Bahusum Bahue Vocative case He Bahu He Bahuu, He Bahuo, He Bahu Appa or Atta Singular Plural Nominative case Appa Appa, Appano Accusative case Appan Appa, Appano Instrumental Appana, Appania, Appehi, Appehim, Appehin Appanaia Dative Appano Appana, Appanam Ablative case Appano Appatto, Appao, Appau, Appahi, Appahinto, Appasunto Appehi, Appehinto, Appesunto Appana, Appanam Appesu, Appesum Appa, Appano Genitive case Locative case Vocative case Appano Appammi, Appe Appa, Appa Note - (i) Same as Deva as Appa. (ii) Same as Deva as Appana or Attana. Prakyta Grammar and Composition 205

Page #229
Nominative case Raya Accusative case Rainam Instrumental Dative Ablative case Genitive case Locative case Vocative case Dative Ablative case Genitive case Locative case Singular 206 Rajan-Raja-Raa-Raya Note (i) Same as Raa or Raya as Deva. (ii) Same as Rayana or Raana as Deva. Raina, Ranna Raino, Rayano, Ranno Raino, Ranno Nominative case Savvo Accusative case Savvam Instrumental Raino, Rayano, Ranno Raimmi Raya, Raya (B) Declensional forms of Pronouns Masculine-Savva (All) Plural Savve Savve, Savva Savvehi, Savvehim, Savvehim Savvesim, Savvana, Savvanam Savvatto, Savvao, Savvau, Savvahi, Savvahinto, Singular Plural Raya, Raino Raya, Raino Raihi, Raihim, Raihim Rainam, Raina Raitto, Raio, Raiu, Raihinto Raisunto Rainam, Raina Raisu, Raisum Raya, Rayano, Raino Savvena, Savvenam Savvaya, Savvassa Savvatto, Savvao, Savvau, Savvahi, Savvahinto, Savva Savvassa Savvahim, Savvammi, Savvassim, Savvattha Savvasunto, Savvehi, Savvehinto, Savvesunto Savvesim, Savvana, Savvanam Savvesu, Savvesum Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #230
Neuter-Savva Singular Plural Nominative case Savvam, Savvaim, Savvain, Savvani Accusative case Savvar, Savvaim, Savvaim, Savvani Instrumental Savvena, Savvenam Savvehi, Savvehim, Savvehin Dative Savvaya, Savvassa Savvessim, Savvana, Savvanam Ablative case Savvatto, Savvao, Savvau, Savvatto, Savvao, Savvau, Savvahi, Savvahinto, Savvahi, Savvahinto, Savva Savvasunto, Savvehi, Savvehinto, Savvesunto Genitive case Savvassa Savvessim. Savvana, Savvanam Locative case Savvahim, Savvassim, Savvesu, Savvesum Savvammi, Savvattha Feminine . Savva Singular Plural Nominative case Savva Savvao, Savvau, Savva Accusative case Savvam Savvao, Savvau, Savva Instrumental Savvaa, Savvai, Savvae Savvahi, Savvahin, Savvahin Dative Savvaa, Savvai, Savvae Savvesim, Savvana, Savvanan Ablative case Savvaa, Savvai, Savvae Savvatto, Savvao, Savvau, Savvatto, Savvao, Savvau, Savvahinto, Savvasunto Savvahinto Genitive case Savvaa, Savvai, Savvae Savvesim, Savvana, Savvanam Locative case Savvaa, Savvai, Savvae Savvasu, Savvasur Praksta Grammar and Composition 207

Page #231
Dative Nominative case So, Na Accusative case Tam, Nam Instrumental Ablative case Genitive case Locative case Instrumental Dative Ablative case Masculine - Ta, Na (He) Plural Genitive case Singular Locative case Singular Nominative case Tam, Nam 208 Tina, Tena, Tenam, Nina, Nena, Nenam Tasa, Tassa, Se Accusative case Tam, Nam To, Tamha, Tatto, Tao, Tau, Tahi, Tahinto, Ta Tasa, Tassa, Se Tahe, Tala, Taia, Tahim, Tammi, Tassim, Tatth Neuter Ta, Na (That) Plural Taim, Taim, Tani, Naim,Naim, Nani Taim, Taim, Tani, Naim,Naim, Nani Tehi, Tehim, Tehim Nehi, Nehim, Nehim Tasa, Tesim, Sim, Tana, Tanam Tatto, Tao, Tau, Tahi, Tahinto, Tasunto. Tehi, Tehinto, Tesunto Tasa, Tesim, Sim, Tana, Tanam Tesu, Tesum - Tina, Tena, Tenam, Nina, Nena, Nenam Tasa, Tassa, Se To, Tamha, Tatto, Tao, Tau, Tahi, Tahinto, Ta Tasa, Tassa, Se Te, Ne Te, Ta, Ne, Na Tehi, Tehim, Tehim Nehi, Nehim, Nehim Tasa, Tesim, Sim, Tana, Tanam Tatto, Tao, Tau, Tahi, Tahinto, Tasunto, Tehi, Tehinto, Tesunto Tahe, Tala, Taia, Tahim, Tammi, Tassim, Tatth Tasa, Tesim, Sim, Tana, Tanam Tesu, Tesum Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #232
Feminine - Ta, TT (She) Singular Plural Nominative case Sa, Na Ta, Tau, Tao, Ti, Tia, Tiu, Tio Accusative case Tam, Nam Ta, Tau, Tao, Ti, Tia, Tiu, Tio Instrumental Taa, Tai, Tae, Tia, Tia, Tahi, Tahim, Tahis, Tia, Tie Tihi, Tihim, Tihin Dative Tia, Tai, Tae, Tasa, Se, Tina, Tana, Sin, Tesin, Tissa, Tise, Tia, Tia, Tasa, Tina, Tinam Tii, Tie Ablative case Tao, Tai, Tie, Tatto, Tao, Tatto, Tao, Tau, Tahinto, Tau, Tahinto, Tia. Tia, Tasunto, Titto, Tio, Tiu, Tii, Tie, Titto, Tio, Tiu, Tihinto, Tisunto Tihinto Genitive case Tia, Tai, Tae, Tasa, Se, Tana, Tanam, Sim, Tesin, Tissa, Tise, Tia, Tia, Tasa, Tina, Tinam Tii, Tie Locative case Taa, Tai, Tae Tasu, Tasun, Tisu, Tisum Tia, Tia, Tii, Tie Masculine - Ja (who) Singular Plural Nominative case Jo Je Accusative case Jam Je, Ja Instrumental Jina, Jena, Jenan Jehi, Jehim, Jehim Dative Jasa, Jassa Jesim, Jana, Janam Ablative case Jamha, Jatto, Jao, Jau Jatto, Jao, Jau, Jahi, Jahinto, Jahi, Jahinto, Ja Jasunto, Jehi, Jehinto, Jesunto Genitive case Jasa, Jassa Jesim, Jana, Janam Locative case Jahe, Jala, Jaia, Jahim, Jesu, Jesum Jammi, Jassim, Jattha 209 Praksta Grammar and Composition

Page #233
Neuter - Ja (which) Singular Nominative case Jam Accusative case Jam Instrumental Jina, Jena, Jenam Dative Jasa, Jassa Ablative case Jamha, Jatto, Jao, Jau, Jahi, Jahinto, Ja Plural Jaim, Jais, Jani Jaim, Jain, Jani Jehi, Jehim, Jehin Jesim, Jana, Janam Jatto, Jao, Jau, Jahi, Jahinto, Jasunto, Jehi, Jehinto, Jesunto Jesim, Jana, Janam Jesu, Jesum Genitive case Jasa, Jassa Locative case Jahe, Jala, Jaia, Jahim, Jammi, Jassim, Jattha Feminine - Ja, Ji (which) Singular Nominative case Ja Plural Jao, Jau, Ja; Jio, Jia, Jiu, Ji Jao, Jau, Ja, Jio, Accusative case Jam Jia, Jiu, Ji Instrumental Dative Ablative case Jaa, Jai, Jae, Jia, Jia Jaa, Jai, Jae, Jissa, Jise, Jia, Jia, Jii, Jie : Jaa, Jai, Jae, Jatto, Jao, Jau, Jahinto, Jia, Jia, Jii, Jie, Jitto, Jio, Jiu, Jihinto Jaa, Jai, Jae, Jissa, Jise, Jia, Jia, Jii, Jie Jaa, Jai, Jae, Jia, Jia, Jii, Jie Jahi, Jahim, Jahin Jesim, Jana, Janam, Jina, Jinam Jatto, Jao, Jau, Jahinto, Jasunto, Jitto, Jio, Jiu, Jihinto, Jisunto Jesim, Jana, Janam, Jina, Jinam Jasu, Jasui Jisu, Jisum Genitive case Locative case 210 Praksta Grammar and Composition

Page #234
Masculine - Ka (who) Singular Plural Nominative case ko Ke Accusative case Kam Ke. Ka Instrumental Kina, Kena, Kenan Kehi, Kehim, Kehis Dative Kasa, Kassa Kasa, Kesim, Kana, Kanan Ablative case Kino, Kisa, Kamha, Katto, Katto, Kao, Kau, Kahi, Kao, Kau, Kahi, Kahinto, Kahinto, Kasunto, Kehi, Ka Kehinto, Kesunto Genitive case Kasa, Kassa Kasa, Kesim, Kana, Kanam Locative case Kahe, Kala, Kaia, Kahim, Kesu, Kesum Kammi, Kassim, Kattha Neuter - Ka (who) Singular Plural Nominative case Kim Kain, Kain, Kani Accusative case Kim Kair, Kais, Kani Instrumental Kina, Kena, Kenam Kehi, Kehim, Kehin Dative Kasa, Kassa Kasa, Kesim, Kana, Kanan Ablative case Kino, Kisa, Kamha, Katto, Katto, Kao, Kau, Kahi, Kao, Kau, Kahi, Kahinto, Kahinto, Kasunto, Kehi, Ka Kehinto, Kesunto Genitive case Kasa, Kassa Kasa, Kesim, Kana, Kanan Locative case Kahe, Kala, Kaia, Kahim, Kesu, Kesum Kammi, Kassim, Kattha Praksta Grammar and Composition 211

Page #235
Nominative case Ka, Ki Accusative case Kam Instrumental Dative Ablative case Genitive case Locative case Dative Ablative case Genitive case Singular Nominative case Eso, Esa, Inam, Inamo Accusative case Etam, Eam Instrumental Locative case 212 Feminine Ka, Ki (who) Plural Kao, Kau, Ka, Kio, Kiu, Ki Kao, Kau, Ka, Kio, Kiu, Ki Kahi, Kahim, Kahim Kihi, Kihim, Kihim Kana, Kanam, Kesim, Kina, Kinam Singular Kaa, Kai, Kae, Kia, Kia, Kii, Kie Kaa, Kai, Kae, Kasa, Kissa, Kise, Kia, Kia, Kii, Kie Kaa, Kai, Kae, Katto, Kao, Kau, Kahinto, Kia, Kia, Kii, Kie, Kitto, Kio, Kiu, Kihinto Kaa, Kai, Kae, Kasa, Kissa, Kise, Kia, Kia, Kii, Kie Kaa, Kai, Kae, Kahim Kia, Kia, Kii, Kie Etina, Etena, Etenam, Eena, Eena, Eenam Se, Etassa, Eassa Masculine - Eta, Ea (This) Plural Etto, Ettahe, Etao, Etau, Etahi, Etahinto, Eta, Eao, Eau, Eahi, Eahinto, Ea Se, Etassa, Eassa Katto, Kao, Kau, Kahinto Kasunto, Kitto, Kio, Kiu, Kihinto, Kisunto Etassim, Etammi, Ettha, Ayammi, Iyammi, Eassim, Eammi Kana, Kanam, Kesim, Kina, Kinam Kasu, Kasum Kisu, Kisum Ete, Ee Ete, Eta, Ee, Ea Etehi, Etehim, Etehim Eehi, Eehim, Eehim Sim, Etesim, Etana, Etanam, Eesim, Eana. Eanam Etatto, Etao, Etau, Etahi, Etahinto, Etasunto, Etehi, Etehinto, Etesunto, Eatto, Eao, Eau, Eahi, Eahinto, Easunto, Eehi, Eehinto, Eesunto Sim, Etesim, Etana, Etanam, Eesim, Eana. Eanam Etesu, Etesum, Eesu, Eesum Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #236
Dative Singular Nominative case Etam, Eam, Esa, Inam, Inamo Accusative case Etam, Eam Instrumental Ablative case Genitive case Locative case Instrumental Dative Ablative case Neuter Eta, Ea (This) Plural Eaim, Eaim, Eani Genitive case Singular Nominative case Esa, Ei. Eia, Locative case Accusative case Eam, Eim Etina, Etena, Etenam, Eena, Eena, Eenam Se, Etassa, Eassa * Etto, Ettahe, Etao, Etau, Etahi, Etahinto, Eta, Eao, Eau, Eahi, Eahinto, Ea Se, Etassa, Eassa Etassim, Etammi, Ettha, Ayammi, Iyammi, Eassim, Eammi Feminine - Ea, Ei (This) Plural Eau, Eao, Ea, Eia, Eio, Eiu, Ei Eau, Eao, Ea, Eia, Eio, Eiu, Ei Eahi, Eahim, Eahim Eihi, Eihim, Eihim Sim, Eana, Eanam, Eina/Einam Prakyta Grammar and Composition Eaa, Eai, Eae, Eia, Eia, Eii, Eie Eaa, Eai, Eae, Eia, Eia, Eii, Eie Eatto, Eattahe, Eaa, Eai, Eae, Eao, Eau, Eahinto Eitto, Eio, Eiu, Eihinto Eaa, Eai, Eae, Eia, Eia, Eii, Eie Eaa, Eai, Eae, Eia, Eia, Eii, Eie Eaim, Eaim, Eani Etehi, Etehim, Etehim Eehi, Eehim, Eehim Sim, Etesim, Etana, Etanam, Eesim, Eana. Eanam Etatto, Etao, Etau, Etahi, Etahinto, Etasunto, Etehi, Etehinto, Etesunto, Eatto, Eao, Eau, Eahi, Eahinto, Easunto, Eehi, Eehinto, Eesunto Sim, Etesim, Etana, Etanam, Eesim, Eana. Eanam Etesu, Etesum, Eesu, Eesum Eatto, Eao, Eau, Eahinto Easunto, Eitto, Eio, Eiu, Eihinto, Eisunto Sim, Eana, Eanam, Eina/Einam Easu, Easum, Eisu, Eisum 213

Page #237
Masculine -Ima (This) Plural Singular Nominative case Imo, Ayam, Ime Ime Accusative case Inam, Imam, na Instrumental Imina, Imena, Imenam, Nina, Nena, Nenam Se, Imssa, Assa Imatto, Imao, Imau, Dative Ime, Ima, ne, na Imehi, Imehim, Imehin Nehi, Nehim, Nehin Sim, Imesim. Imana, Imanam Imatto, Imao, Imau, Imahi Imahinto, Imasunto Sim, Imesis, Imana, Imanarn Imesu, Imesum Ablative case Imahi, Imahinto, Ima Genitive case Locative case Se, Imssa, Assa Assim, Imammi, Imassim, Iha Neuter - Ima (This) : Singular Nominative case Idan, Inamo, Inam Accusative case Idar, Inamo, Inan Instrumental Imina, Imena, Imenam, Nina, Nena, Nenam Dative Se, Imssa, Assa Ablative case Imatto, Imao, Imau, Imahi, Imahinto, Ima Genitive case Se, Imssa, Assa Locative case Assim, Imammi, Plural Imaim, Imain, Imani Imaim, Imaim, Imani Imehi, Imehim, Imehin Nehi, Nehim, Nehin Sim, Imesim, Imana, Imanam Imatto, Imao, Imau, Imahi Imahinto, Imasunto Sim, Imesim, Imana, Imanan Imesu, Imesum Imassim, Iha 214 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #238
Feminine - Imi, Ima (This) Singular Plural Nominative case Imi, Imia, Imia, Ima Imia, Imiu, Imio, Imi, Imao, Imau, Ima Accusative case Imim, Imam Imia, Imiu, Imio, Imi, Imao, Imau, Ima Instrumental Imia, Imia, Imii, Imie, Imihi, Imibim, Imihin Imaa, Imai, Imae Imahi, Imahim, Imahim Dative Imia, Imia, Imii, Imie, Imina, Iminam, Sim, Imesim Imia, Imai, Ime Imana, Imanam . Ablative case Imia, Imia, Imii, Imie, Imitto, Imio, Imiu, Imihinto, Imitto, Imio, Imiu, Imisunto, Imatto, Imao, Imau, Imihinto, Imatto, Imao, Imahinto, Imasunto Imau, Imaa, Imai, Imae, Imahinto Genitive case Imia, Imia, Imii, Imie, Imina, Iminam, Sim, Imesim Imaa, Imai, Imae Imana, Imanam Locative case Imia, Imia, Imii, Imie, Imisu, Imisur, Imaa, Imai, Imae Imasu, Imasum Masculine. Amu (This) Singular Plural Nominative case Amu, Aha Amuno, Amavo, Amao, Amau, Amu Accusative case Amui Amu, Amuno Instrumental Amuna Amuhi, Amuhim, Amuhis Dative Amuno, Amussa Amuna, Amunam Ablative case Amuno, Amutto, Amuo, Amutto, Amuo, Amuu, Amuu, Amuhinto Amuhinto, Amusunto Genitive case Amuno, Amussa . Amuna, Amunan Locative case Ayammi, lammi, Amusu, Amusum Amummi Prakrta Grammar and Composition 215

Page #239
Neuter * Amu (This) Plural Amuim, Amuis, Amuni Amuim, Amuis, Amuni Amuhi, Amuhim, Amuhim Amuna, Amunam Singular Nominative case Amum, Aha Accusative case Amun Instrumental Amuna Dative Amuno, Amussa Ablative case Amuno, Amutto, Amuo, Amuu, Amuhinto Genitive case Amuno, Amussa Locative case Ayammi, lammi, Amummi Amutto, Amuo, Amuu, Amuhinto, Amusunto Amuna, Amunam Amusu, Amusum Feminine - Amu (This) Plural Amuo, Amuu, Amu Amuo, Amuu, Amu Amuhi, Amuhim, Amuhin Amuna, Amunam Singular Nominative case Amu, Aha Accusative case Amum Instrumental Amua, Amua, Amui, Amue Dative Amua, Amua, Amui, Amue Ablative case Amua, Amua, Amui, Amue, Amutto, Amuo, Amuhinto Genitive case Amua, Amua, Amui, Amue Locative case Amua, Amua, Amui, Amue Amutto, Amuo, Amuu, Amuhinto, Amusunto Amuna, Amunan Amusu, Amusur 216 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #240
Dative Ablative case Nominative case Anno Accusative case Annam Instrumental Genitive case Locative case Dative Ablative case Genitive case Locative case Masculine. Anya (Other) Plural Singular Nominative case Annam Accusative case Annam Singular Dative Ablative case Instrumental Annena, Annenam Annassa, Annassa Annatto, Annao, Annau, Annahi, Annahinto, Anna Genitive case Locative case Annena, Annenam Annaya, Annassa Annatto, Annao, Annau, Annahi, Annahinto, Anna Annassa Annahim, Annammi, Annassim, Annattha Neuter Anya (Other) Plural Annaim, Annaim, Annani Annaim, Annaim, Annani Annehi, Annehim, Annehim Annesim, Annana, Annanam Annatto, Annao, Annau, Annahi, Annahinto, Annasunto, Annehi, Annehinto, Annesunto Annesim, Annana, Annanam Annesu, Annesum * Annassa Annahim, Annammi, Annassim, Annattha, Annamhi, Annansi Feminine Singular Nominative case Anna Accusative case Annam Instrumental Annaa, Annai, Annae Annaa, Annai, Annae Annaa, Annai, Annae, Annatto, Annao, Annau, Annahinto Prakrta Grammar and Composition Anne Anne, Anna Annehi, Annehim, Annehim Annesim, Annana, Annanam Annatto, Annao, Annau, Annahi, Annahinto, Annasunto, Annehi, Annehinto, Annesunto Annesim, Annana, Annanam Annesu, Annesum Anna (Other) Plural Annaa, Annai, Annae Annaa, Annai,Annae Annau, Annao, Anna Annau, Annao, Anna Annahi, Annahim, Annahim Annana, Annanam Annatto, Annao, Annau, Annahinto, Annasunto Annana, Annanam Annasu, Annasum 217

Page #241
Amha (I) In all the Genders Singular Plural Nominative case Aham, Mmi, Ammi, Amha, Amhe, Amho, Mo, Amhi, Ham, Ahayam Vayam, Bhe Accusative case Ne, Nam, Mi, Ammi, Amha, Amhe, Amho, Ne Amha, Mamha, Mai, Mamam, Mimam, Ahar Instrumental Mi, Me, Mamam, Mai, Amhehi, Amhabi, Amha, Mae, Mamae, Mamai Amhe, Ne Dative Me, Mai, Mama, Maha, Ne, No, Majjha, Amha, and Majjham.Majjha, Amha, Amham, Amhe, Amho, Genitive case Amham Amhana, Amhanam, Mamana, Mamanam, Mahana, Mahanam, Majjhana, Majjhanam Ablative case Maitto, Maio, Maiu, Mamatto, Mamao, Mamau, Maihinto, Mamatto, Mamahi, Mamahinto, Mamao, Mamau, Mamahi, Mamasunto, Mamehi, Mamahinto, Mama, Mamehinto, Mamesunto, Mahatto, Mahao, Mahau, Amhatto, Amhao, Amhau, Mahahi, Mahahinto, Amhahi, Amhahinto, Maha, Majjhatto, Majjhao, Amhasunto, Amhehi, Majjhau, Majjhahi, Amhehinto, Amhesunto Majjhahinto, Majjha Locative case Mi, Mai, Mae, Mamai, Me Amhesu, Amhesum, Amhammi, Amhassim, Mamesu, Mamesur, Amhattha, Mamammi, Mahesu, Mahesun, Mamassim, Mamattha, Majjhesu, Majjhesum, Mahammi, Mahassim, Mamasu, Mamasur, Mahattha, Majjhammi, Mahasu, Mahasum, Majjhassim, Majjhattha Majjhasu. Majjhasum 218 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #242
Tumha (You) In all the Genders Singular Plural L. Nominative case Tumam, Tam, Tum. Bhe, Tubbhe, Tujjha, Tumha, Tuvam, Tuha Tumhe, Uyhe, Tujjhe, Umhe Accusative case Tam, Tum, Tuvar, Vo, Tujjha, Tujjhe, Tumhe, Tumam, Tuha, Tume, Tue Tuyhe, Uyhe, Bhe Instrumental Bhe, Di, De, Te, Tai, Bhe, Tubbhehim, Tumhehim, Tumam, Tae, Tumai, Tujjhehim, Ujjhehim. Tumae, Tume, Tumai Umhehim, Tuyhehim, Uyhehin Dative Tai, Tuva, Tuma, Tu, Vo, Bhe, Tubbha, Tumha, and Tu, Te, Tumhai Tujjha, Tubbham Genitive case Tuha, Tuham, Tume, Tumhan, Tujjham, Tumo, Tumai, Di, De, I, E, Tubbhana, Tumhana, Tubbha, Tumha, Tujjha, Tujjhana, Tuvana, Tumana, Ubbha, Umha, Ujjha, Tuhana, Umhana, Umhanam, Uyha Tubbhanar, Tumhanam Ablative case Taitto, Taio, Taiu, Tubbhatto, Tubbhao, Tubbhau. Taihinto, Tuvatto, Tuvao, Tubbhahi, Tubbhahinto, Tuvau, Tuvahi, Tubbhasunto, Tubbehi, Tuvahinto, Tuva, Tuhatto, Tubbhehinto -Tubbhesunto, Tuhao, Tuhau, Tuhihi, Tujhatto, Tujhao, Tujjhau, Tuhahinto, Tuha, Tujjhahi, Tujjhahinto, Tuyha, Tubbha Tujjhasunto, Tujjhehi, Tujjhehinto, Tujjhesunto Locative case Tume, Tumae, Tumai, Tusu, Tusun, Tuvesu, Tai, Tae, Tummi, Tuvesun, Tumesu, Tumesun, Tuvammi, Tuvassim, Tuhesu, Tuhesun, Tubbhesu, Tuvattha, Tumammi, Tubbhesum, Tumhesu Tumassim, Tumattha, Tumhesun, Tujjhesu, Tuhammi, Tuhassim, Tujjhesum, Tumasu, Tuhattha, Tubbhammi, Tumasun, Tumhasu, Tubbhassim Tubbhattha. Tumhasun, Tujjhasu, Tujjhammi, Tujjhassim Tujjahasun, Tumhasu, Tujjhattha Tumhasum Praksta Grammar and Composition 219

Page #243
Masculine - Ega, Ea, Ekka (One) Singular Nominative case Ego, Eo, Ekko Plural Ege, Ee, Ekke Accusative case Egan, Eam, Ekkam Ege, Ega, Ee, Ea, Ekke, Ekka Instrumental Egena, Eena, Ekkena Egenam. Eenam, Ekkenam Egehi, Eehi, Ekkehi Egehim, Eehim, Ekkehim Egehis, Eehin, Ekkehin Dative Egaya, Esya, Ekkay, Egassa, Eassa, Ekkassa Egesim, Eesim, Ekkesim. Egana, Eana, Ekkana Eganam, Eanam, Ekkanai Ablative case Egatto, Eatto, Ekkatto, Egao, Eao, Ekkao, Egau, Eau, Ekkau, Egahi, Exhi, Ekkahi, Egabinto, Eahinto. Ekkahinto, Ega, Ea, Ekka Egatto, Eatto, Ekkatto, Egao, Eko, Ekkao, Egau, Eau, Ekkau, Egahi, Eahi, Ekkahi Egahinto, Eahinto, Ekkahinto, Egasunto, Easunto, Ekkasunto, Egehi, Eehi, Ekkehi, Egehinto, Eehinto, Ekkehinto, Egesunto, Eesunto, Ekkesunto Genitive case Egassa, Eassa, Ekkassa Egesim, Eesim, Ekkesim, Egana, Eana, Ekkana, Eganam, Eanam, Ekkanam Locative case Egesu, Eesu, Ekkesu Egesum, Eesum, Ekkesum Egahim, Eahim, Ekkahim, Egammi, Eammi, Ekkammi, Egassim, Eassim, Ekkassim 220 Praksta Grammar and Composition

Page #244
Neuter - Ega, Ea, Ekka (One) Singular Plural Nominative case Egam, Ear, Ekkam Egaim, Eaim, Ekkaim Egais, Eain, Ekkais Egani, Eani, Ekkani Accusative case Egarn, Eam. Ekkam Egaim, Eaim, Ekkaim Egain, Eain, Ekkais Egani, Eani, Ekkani Instrumental Egena, Eena, Ekkena Egenam, Eenan, Ekkenam Egehi, Eehi, Ekkehi Egehir, Eehim, Ekkehim Egehim, Eehim, Ekkehin Dative Egaya, Eaya, Ekkay, Egassa, Eassa, Ekkassa Egesim, Eesim, Ekkesim, Egana, Eana, Ekkana Eganam, Eanam, Ekkanam Ablative case Egatto, Eatto, Ekkatto, Egao, Eao, Ekkao, Egau, Eau, Ekkau, Egahi, Eahi, Ekkahi, Egahinto, Eahinto, Ekkahinto, Ega, Ea, Ekka Egatto, Eatto, Ekkatto, Egao, Eao, Ekko, Egau, Eau, Ekkau, Egahi, Eahi, Ekkahi Egahinto, Eahinto, Ekkahinto, Egasunto, Easunto, Ekkasunto, Egehi, Eehi, Ekkehi, Egehinto, Eehinto, Ekkehinto, Egesunto, Eesunto, Ekkesunto Genitive case Egassa, Eassa, Ekkassa Egesim, Eesim, Ekkesim, Egana, Eana, Ekkana Eganam, Eanam, Ekkanam Locative case Egesu, Eesu, Ekkesu Egesum, Eesum, Ekkesum Egahim, Eahim, Ekkahim, Egammi, Eammi, Ekkammi, Egassim, Eassim, Ekkassim Praksta Grammar and Composition 221

Page #245
Singular Nominative case Ega, Ea, Ekka Accusative case Egam, Eam, Ekkam Dative Instrumental Egaa, Eaa, Ekkaa, Egai, Eai, Ekkai, Egae, Eae, Ekkae Ablative case Feminine Ega, Ea, Ekka (One) Genitive case Locative case * 222 Egaa, Eaa, Ekkaa, Egai, Eai, Ekkai, Egae, Eae, Ekkae Egaa, Eaa, Ekkaa, Egai, Eai, Ekkai, Egae, Eae, Ekkae, Egatto, Eatto, Ekkatto, Egao, Eao, Ekkao, Egau, Eau, Ekkau, Egahinto, Eahinto, Ekkahinto Egaa, Eaa, Ekkaa, Egai, Eai, Ekkai, Egae, Eae, Ekkae Egaa, Eaa, Ekkaa, Egai, Eai, Ekkai, Egae, Eae, Ekkae, Plural Ega, Ea, Ekka Egao, Eao, Ekkao Egau, Eau, Ekkau Ega, Ea, Ekka Egao, Eao, Ekkao Egau, Eau, Ekkau Egahi, Eahi, Ekkahi Egahim, Eahim, Ekkahim Egahim, Eahim, Ekkahim Egesim, Eesim, Ekkesim, Egana, Eana, Ekkana, Eganam, Eanam, Ekkanam Egatto, Eatto, Ekkatto, Egao, Eao, Ekkao, Egau, Eau, Ekkau, Egahinto, Eahinto, Ekkahinto, Egasunto, Easunto, Ekkasunto Egesim, Eesim, Ekkesim, Egana, Eana, Ekkana, Eganam, Eanam, Ekkanam Egasu, Easu, Ekkasu, Egasum, Easum, Ekkasum, Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #246
Lesson 85 Endings of Declensional forms of Nouns in Praksta according to Hemacandra Prakyta Grammar and Composition 223

Page #247
224 Nominative Case Singular Number Masculine Deva-a Hari-i Gamani-i Sahu-u Sayambhu-u ao O : 0-1 0 Neuter Kamala-a Vari-i Mahu-u ( . )a-am (. )i-im (...)u-ur Feminine Kaha-a Mai-i Lacchi Dhenu-u. Bahu-u 0 0-i 0 : 0-u 0 Prakrta Grammar and Composition W.

Page #248
Nominative Case Plural Number Masculine Hari-i Gamani-i Sayambhu-U Prakrta Grammar and Composition Deva-a 0-a Sahu-u 0-u 0 i au au au au . ao ao ao ao no no-ino avo avo no no-uno Neuter Kamala-a in-ais Vari-i in-iis im -iim Mahu-u is-uin im-uim im--aim ni-ani niini niuni Feminine Kaha- Bahu-u Mai-i 0-i 0-10 Lacchi-i 0 Dhenu-u 0-u 0-uo u-in ullu 225

Page #249
226 Accusative Case Singular Number Masculine Deva-a Hari-i Gamani-i Sahu-u Sayambhu-u li) i-im a-am i-im u-um u-um Neuter Kamala-a Vari-i Mahu-u (:) i-im a-am u-um Feminine Kaha-a Mai-i Lacchi-i Dhenu-u Bahu-u (:) (:) Prakrta Grammar and Composition 1.) i-in a-am itim uum u-um

Page #250
Accusative Case Plural Number Masculine Hari-i Gamani-i Sahu-u Sayambhu-u Prakrta Grammar and Composition Deva-a 0-a 0-e 0 no no-ino no no uno Neuter Kamala-a in-ais Vari-i in-iin Mahu-u is-uin :im-uim im-aim im-iim ni ani ni-ini ni-uni Feminine Kaha-a Mai-i Lacchi-i Dhenu-u Bahu- 0-ii 0-u o-io bn uuu 227

Page #251
228 Instrumental Case Singular Number Masculine Hari-i Gamani-i Sahu-u Sayambhu-u Deva-a na*ena nam-enam na na-ina na-una Neuter Kamala-a Vari-i Mahu-u na-ena na na namenam Feminine Kaha Mai-i Lacchi-i Dhenu-u Bahu- a-ua aria a-ia aua Prakrta Grammar and Composition i-ui e-ue e-ie

Page #252
Instrumental Case Plural Number Masculine Hari-i Gamani-i Sahu-u Sayambhu-u Praksta Grammar and Composition hi-ihi hi hi--uhi hi Deva-a hi-ehi hin-ehim him-ehim his-uhim him hin-ihin him ihim hin him him-uhim him Neuter Vari-i Kamala-a hi--ehi hi-ihi Mahu-u hi-uhi hin-uhim his-ehin hin-ihis him--ehin him-ihim him uhim Feminine Kaha-a Bahu-u hi Mai-i hi-ihi his-ihin Dhenu-u hi-uhi him-uhin hi Lacchi-i hi him hin him his hin him him-ihim him-uhim him 229

Page #253
230 Prakrta Grammar and Composition Masculine Neuter Feminine Deva-a ssa aya (onlyDative) Kamala-a ssa aya (onlyDative) Kaha-a a i e Dative and Genitive Case Singular Number Hari-i ssa no Vari-i ssa no Mai-i a-ia a ia i-ii e-ie Gamani-i ssa-issa no-ino Lacchi-i a a i e Sahu-u $$ no Mahu-u 3555 SS no Dhenu-u a-ua a-ua i-ui e-ue Sayambhu-u ssa ussa no-uno Bahu-u a a i e

Page #254
Dative and Genitive Case Plural Number Masculine Deva-a Hari-i Gamani-i Sahu-u Sayambhu-u Prakrta Grammar and Composition na ana na-ina na na-una na nananam nam-inam nam nam-unam nam Neuter Kamala-a Vari-i Mahu-u na-ana na-ina na-una nam-tanam nar-inam nam+unam Feminine Kaha-a Mai-i Lacchi-i Dhenu-u Bahu-u na na-ina na na-una na nam nam-inan narn nam-unam nam 231

Page #255
232 Masculine Sayambhu-u no-uno tto-utto tto Ablative Case Singular Number Hari-i Gamani-i Sahu-u no no-ino no tto tto-itto 0-10 u- iu u-uu hinto-ihinto hinto hinto-uhinto Deva-a tto oto u-au hi-ahi hinto-ahinto o hinto Neuter Vari-i no tto Kamala-a tto oko u-au hinahi hinto-ahinto 0Kaha-a Mahu-u no tto 0-uo u-uu hinto-uhinto orio uju hintoihinto Feminine Lacchi-1 Bahu- Prakrta Grammar and Composition Mai-i a-ia a ia i-ii enie tto o io uriu hintoihinto Dhenu-u aia aua i-ui e-ue tto 0-do tto-atto ttoitto tto-utto hinto uu hinto hinto-uhinto hinto

Page #256
Prakrta Grammar and Composition 233 Masculine Neuter Feminine Deva-a tto oao u-au hi-ahi, ehi hinto ahinto, ehinto sunto asunto, esunto Kamala-a tto o!ao u-au hi ahi, ehi hinto ahinto, ehinto sunto-asunto, esunto Kaha-a tto-atto O u hinto sunto Ablative Case Plural Number Hari-i Gamani-i tto tto-ittto o-io u-ju hinto-ihinto sunto isunto Vari-i tto o-io o-ju hinto ihinto sunto isunto Mai-i tto o-io ni-o hintoihinto sunto isunto u hinto sunto Lacchi-i tto-ittto O u hinto sunto Sahu-u tto on-o u-uu hinto uhinto sunto- usunto Mahu-u tto o!Uo u-uu hinto uhinto sunto usunto Dhenu-u tto on-o u-uu hinto-uhinto Sayambhu-u tto-utto O u hinto sunto Bahu-u tto-utto O u hinto sunto usunto sunto

Page #257
234 Prakrta Grammar and Composition Masculine Neuter Feminine Deva-a a-e mmi mhi Kamala-a a e mmi mhi Kaha-a a i e Hari-i mmi mhi Vari-i mmi mhi Mai-i a-ja a-ja iii e-ie Locative Case Singular Number Gamani-i mmi-immi mhi-imhi Lacchi-i a a i e Sahu-u mmi mhi Mahu-u mmi Dhenu-u a-ua a-ua i-ui e-ue Sayambhu-u mmi-ummi mhi-umhi Bahu-u a a i a

Page #258
Locative Case Plural Number Masculine Deva-a Hari-i Prakrta Grammar and Composition Gamani-i su Sahu-u su-usu Sayambhu-u su suesu su-isu sumesum sumisur sum sumusun sur Neuter Kamala-a Vari-i Mahu-u su-esu su-isu su-usu sum-esun sum-isur sum usum Feminine Kaha-a Mai-i Lacchi-i Bahu-u su su-isu su Dhenu-u su-usu sur-usur su sum sum isum sur sur 235

Page #259
236 Vocative Case Singular Number Masculine Deva-a Hari-i Gamani-i 0-i : Sahu-u 0 0-u Sayambhu-u 0-u a-o 0-i ata Neuter Kamala-a Vari-i Mahu-u Feminine Kaha-a Mai-i Praksta Grammar and Composition Lacchi-i Dhenu-u Bahu - u 0 0 0-u are 0-1

Page #260
Vocative Case Plural Number Masculine Gamani-i Sahu-u Sayambhu-u Deva-a Hari-i >u bei 0 -u Praksta Grammar and Composition au au au au ao ao ao ao no no no-ino avo avo no no-uno Neuter Mahu-u Kamala-a is-aim Vari-i in-iin im-iim ihM*nyi im-aim im-uim ni-ani ni-ini ni-uni Feminine Kaha-a Mai-i i Lacchi-i Dhenu-u Bahu-u 0-u o io 0 uo 0-iu u"nin 237

Page #261
S.No. Noun 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 1 2 3 4 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Noun-Index Nouns used in 'Prakrta Grammar and Composition' English to Prakrta A Action Addiction Age Air Aircraft Army Ascetic Attainment Axe B Beak Beauty Being Birth Blood Body Bone Book Bow Bridge Brother Appendix 1 (a) - 238 Prakrta word Kamma Vasana Au Vau Vimana Camu Jogi Laddhi Pharasu Cancu Ruva Jantu, Pani Uppatti, Gal Jai Ratta Tanu Atthi Gantha Dhanu Seu Bhandhu Gender of Prakrta word Neuter Neuter Neuter Masculine Neuter Feminine Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine Neuter Masculine Feminine Neuter Feminine Neuter Masculine Masculine Masculine Masculine Page No. 67 67 136 129 67 137 129 136 129 137 67 129 136 67 137 136 58 129 129 129 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #262
S.No. Noun Page No. Prakrta word Gender of Prakta word Camel Karaha Masculine 58 Jai Feminine Feminine Guha Caste Cave Child Chin 136 74 58, 129 Balaa, Sisu Masculine Feminine 137 Citizen Hanu Nayarajana Ghaya, Sappi Neuter 67 67,136 Clarified Neuter Butter Khalapu Masculine 137 Cleaner of granary Cloth 58 Pada, Vattha Masculine Neuter Masculine 67 Cloud Meha 58 11. Senavai 129 Commander Compassion 12. Karuna 74 Masculine Feminine Feminine Masculine 13. Cow Dhenu 137 14. Crow 58 Vayasa Dahi 15. Curd Neuter 136 D 1. Daughter 74 Tanaya, Dhua, Feminine Suya, Putti Bahu Feminine 137 137 Daughter-inlaw Death 58 Kayanta, Massi, Marana Masculine Masculine Neuter 129 67 Prakrta Grammar and Composition 239

Page #263
S.No. Noun Page No. Prakrta word Gender of Praksta word Neuter 67 Rina Rakkhasa Masculine 58 w o no a Debt Demon Desire Detachment Icchi, Tanh, Veragga Bhatti Avayasa Feminine Neuter Feminine 67 Devotion 136 Masculine 58 Disgrace, Dishonour Ditch Feminine 74 Gadda Kukkura Dog 58 Masculine Masculine Drop Bindu 129 Earth Pudhavi Feminine 137 Education Sikkha 74 Elephant Kari, Karenu, Hatthi Ari, Riu, Sattu Sanjha Parikkha Enemy Evening Feminine Masculine Masculine Masculine Feminine Feminine Neuter 129 129 129 74 Examination 74 Eye Acchi 136 Saddha 74 Faith Father 58 Feminine Masculine Masculine Masculine Neuter Varra, Piu Sasura Bhaya 129 58 Father-in-law Fear 240 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #264
S.No.1 Noun Page No. Prakrta word Gender of Prakta word 67 h s , h qoz Field Fight Fire Flower Food Neuter Neuter Masculine Khetta Jujjha Huavaha Puppha Asana, Bhoyana Neuter 67 Neuter Neuter Neuter 67 67 67 10. Forest Vana 11. Form 136 Agii Mitta Feminine Masculine 12. Friend 58 Jua Neuter 67 Feminine 74 Ganga Kanna 74 Piamahi 137 Gambling Ganges Girl Grandmother Grandson Grass Grief God inn #woro o 58 Potta Tina Feminine Feminine Masculine Neuter Masculine Masculine Masculine Neuter 6 Duha 58 129 Pahu, Paramesara Sasana 58 Government 67 Hand 58 Kara Hanuvanta Masculine Masculine Hanumana 58 in tw Head Sira Neuter 67 Mahu Neuter 136 Honey House Ghara Masculine 58 Praksta Grammar and Composition 241

Page #265
S.No. Noun 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 1. 2 3 4 2. 3. 4. 242 Human being Hunger Husband Husband's sister Husband's younger brother Hut I Intellect Intelligence Itch Itchiness J Jamuna Jewel K King Kingdom Knee Knowledge Prakrta word Nara Bhukkha Pai Nananda Diara Jhumpada Mai Meha Khajju Kandu Jambu Mani, Rayana Naravai, Narinda Rajja Janu Nana Gender of Prakrta word Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine Feminine Feminine Feminine Feminine Masculine Feminine Masculine Masculine Masculine Neuter Neuter Neuter Page No. 58 74 129 74 58 74 136 74 137 137 129 136 58 129 58 67 136 67 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #266
S.No. Noun 1 2 3 4 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Law Life Limit of time Lion Lotus flower 1. M Master Material Maternal uncle Sami Vatthu Maula Meru mountain Meru Milk Khira Mind Mana Minister Manti Mistress Samini Monarch Raya Sasi Sila Moral conduct Mortifier Mother 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Moon 11. 12. 13. 14. Mother-in-law Sassu 15. Mother's sister Mausi 16. Mountain Giri N Prakrta word Narmada Vihi Jivana Ohi, Avahi Kesari, Siha Kamala Tavassi Janeri, Maya Nammaya Prakrta Grammar and Composition Gender of Prakrta word Masculine Neuter Feminine Masculine Neuter Masculine Neuter Masculine Masculine Neuter Neuter Masculine Feminine Masculine Masculine Neuter Masculine Feminine Feminine Feminine Masculine Feminine Page No. 129 67 136 129,58 69 129 136 58 129 67 67 129 137 58 129 67 129 137, 74 137 137 129 74 243

Page #267
S.No. Noun Page No. Prakrta word Gender of Praksta word 2 I am Feminine Night Nurse Nisa, Ratti Dhatti 74,136 137 Feminine Masculine 58 Ocean Old age Order Sayara Jara 22 Feminine mi am f 74 Ana Feminine 74 Owner Sami Masculine 129 Patta Neuter Paper Paternal Grandfather 67 58 Piamaha Masculine Patience Dhii Feminine 136 Feminine 74 Pit Pleasure Poet Gadda Suha, Sokkha 67 n m two rooo: Neuter Masculine 68 :58:8:11 Kai 129 Praise Pasamsa Feminine 74 Thui Feminine 136 Gavva Masculine 58 Prayer Pride Prosperity Prosperous woman Riddhi Feminine 136 Paramesari Feminine 137 3 Radiance Teu Masculine 129 Rama 58 Rahunandana, Masculine Rahu Masculine 129 244 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #268
S.No. Noun Prakrta word Page No. Gender of Prakrta word 74 Reputation Restraint Feminine Masculine 58 Rice 67 I stiv oro Paittha Samjama Dhanna, Sali Saria, Nai Chayana Rajju 136 Neuter Neuter Feminine Neuter River 74.137 Roof 67 137 Rope Feminine Saint 129 Masculine Masculine 129 Sari Feminine 137 Satisfaction 136 Sahu, Jai, Muni, Risi Sadi Tatti Agama Manti Bia Sayambhu Scripture 58 a mi ti won c o Feminine Masculine Masculine Neuter Masculine 129 67 137 Secretary Seed Self-made person Serpent Sister 8 Sappa Masculine 58 Feminine 74 Sasa, Bahini Feminine 137 10. Siya Feminine 74 11. Naha 67 Nidda Sita Sky Sleep Small bundle Small earthan Water pot Neuter Feminine Neuter 74 13. Pottala 67 Kalasiya Feminine 74 Prakrta Grammar and Composition 245

Page #269
S.No. Noun Page No. Prakta word Gender of Praksta word 15. 137 Feminine Netuer 16. Kadacchu Chikka Putta, Sunu Gana 17. Masculine 67 58,129 67 18. Neuter Jamau Masculine 129 19. 20. Feminine 74 Vaya Appaladdhi 21. Feminine 136 Small spoon Sneeze Son Song Son-in-law Speech Spiritual attainment Splendour State Stick Story Strength Suffering Sun 22. Soha Feminine 74 23. 67 24. 67. 136 74 25. 26. Rajja Neuter Lakkuda, Daru Neuter Kaha Feminine Feminine Dukkha Masculine Divayara, Masculine Ravi Masculine Satti 136 27. 58 28. 58 129 Teacher Masculine 129 Tear Neuter 136 Thing Guru Amsu Vatthu Tisa Sutta Neuter 136 Thirst Feminine 74 cm tworio Thread 67 Tree Taru Neuter Masculine Feminine 129 Tree of Jamuna Jambu Truth Sacca 137 67 Neuter 246 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #270
S.No. Noun Page No. Prakrta word Gender of Prakrta word Masculine 58 Village Village Gama Gamani Masculine 137 headman Violence Himsa 74 Feminine Masculine Vow Vaya 58 w Water Masculine 58 Salila, Udaga, Neuter 67 IVari Neuter 136 67 137, 74 58 ni mwo 74 58 74 67 74 Wealth Dhana, Neuter Lacchi, Kamala Feminine Well Kuva Masculine Wife Bhajja Feminine Wind Marua Masucline Wine Maira, Feminine Majja Neuter Wisdom Panna Feminine Woman Itthi, Nari, Feminine Mahila, Jaya Feminine Woman residing Nagari Feminine in a city Woman saint Samani Feminine Wood Katha, Neuter Lakkuda, Neuter Daru Neuter World Bhava Masculine 137, 74 137 137 11. 67 67 136 12. 58 Prakyta Grammar and Composition 247

Page #271
S.No. Noun 123 248 Y Prakrta word Yamuna Jauna Young woman Juvai Youth Jovvana Gender of Prakrta word Feminine Feminine Neuter Page No. 74 136 67 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #272
Appendix - 1 (b) Noun-Index Nouns used in Praksta Grammar and Composition' Praksta to English S.No. Noun Gender Page No. English Translation A(31) Amsu Neuter 136 Acchi Neuter 136 Atthi Tear Eye Bone Spiritual attainment Neuter 136 in Mo w o Appaladdhi Feminine 136 Ari 129 Enemy Dishonour, Disgrace Masculine Masculine Avayasa 58 Avahi Limit of time Feminine 136 o Asana Food Neuter 67 Age Neuter 136 A (3) Au Agama Agii Ana Scripture Masculine 58 o mo Form Feminine 136 Order Feminine 74 I(5) Iccha Desire Feminine 74 rin Itthi Woman Feminine 137 Prakyta Grammar and Composition 249

Page #273
S.No. Noun Gender Page No. English Translation ww U(3) Udaga Uppatti Water Neuter 67 waji Birth Feminine 136 O (311) Ohi 1. Feminine 136 Limit of Time Ka() Kai Poet Masculine 129 Neuter 67 Kattha Kadacchu Wood Small Spoon Feminine 137 Kandu Itchiness Feminine 137 wa Mtwor os o Feminine 74 Kanna Kamala Kamala Girl Lotus Flower Neuter 69 Wealth Feminine Kamma Action Neuter Death Masculine 58 Kayanta Kara Masculine 58 11. Karaha Masculine 58 12. Kari Hand Camel Elephant Compassion Elephant Masculine 129 13. Feminine 74 Karuna Karenu 14. Masculine 129 15. Kalasia Small earthan Feminine 74 water pot 16. Kaha Story Feminine 74 250 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #274
S.No. Noun 17. 18. 19. 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Kukkura Kuva Kesari Kha (kha) Khajju Khalapu Khira Khetta Ga (T) Gai Ganga Gantha Gadda Gavva Gana Gama Gamani Giri Guru Guha English Translation Dog Well Lion Itch Cleaner of granary Milk Field Birth Ganges Book Ditch, Pit Pride Song Village Village headman Mountain Teacher Cave Prakrta Grammar and Composition Gender Masculine Masculine Masculine Feminine Masculine Neuter Neuter Feminine Feminine Masculine Feminine Masculine Neuter Masculine Masculine Masculine Masculine Feminine Page No. 58 58 129 137 137 67 67 136 74 58 74 58 67 58 137 129 129 74 251

Page #275
S.No. Noun 1. 2. 1. 2. 1. 2. 1 2 3 4 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 252 Gha (a) Ghaya Ghara Ca (*) Cancu Camu Cha (3) Chayana Chikka Ja () Jai Jauna Jantu Jambu Jambu Janeri Jara Jai Janu Jamau Jaya Jivana English Translation Clarified Butter Neuter House Beak Army Roof Sneeze Gender Son-in-law Woman Life Masculine Feminine Feminine Neuter Neuter Saint Yamuna Being Jamuna (name of fruit) Tree of Jamuna Feminine Mother Feminine Old age Feminine Birth Feminine Knee Neuter Masculine Feminine Neuter Masculine Feminine Masculine Masculine Page No. 67 58 137 137 67 67 129 74 129 129 137 137 74 136 136 129 74 67 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #276
S.No. Noun Gender Page No. English Translation Jujjha 67 13. 14. Juvai Fight Neuter Young woman/ Feminine lady 136 Jua Gambling Neuter 67 16. Ascetic Masculine 129 Jogi Jovvana 17. Youth Neuter 67 Jha (3) Jhumpada 1. Hut Feminine | 74 - Na (0) Nai River Feminine 137 Nananda 74 74 67 Husband's Feminine sister Narmada Feminine Citizen Neuter Human being Masculine Masculine Nammaya Nayarajana Nara Naravai in two roo oo 58 King 129 Naha Sky Neuter 67 Nagari Feminine 137 Woman residing in a city Knowledge Woman Nana 67 Nari Neuter Feminine Feminine 137 Nidda Sleep 74 12. Nisa Night Feminine 74 Prakrta Grammar and Composition 253

Page #277
S.No. Noun Gender Page No. English Translation I Ta (a) Tanaya Tanha Daughter Feminine 74 Desire Feminine 74 Tanu 137 Tatti Body Satisfaction Tree 136 Feminine Feminine Masculine Masculine Taru 129 am #wo rio o Tavassi Mortifier 129 Tina Grass Neuter 67 Tisa Thirst Feminine 74 Teu Radiance Masculine 129 Tha () 1. Thui Prayer Feminine 136 Da (C) Dahi Neuter 136 Daru Neuter 136 Diara Masculine 58 wi w two Curd Wood, stick Husband's younger brother Sun Suffering Grief 58 Divayara Dukkha Masculine Masculine Masculine 58 Duha 58 Dha (9) 1. Dhana Wealth Neuter 67 254 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #278
S.No. Noun Gender Page No. English Translation Dhanu Bow Masculine 129 Dhatti Nurse Feminine 137 Dhanna Rice Neuter 67 on & won Dhii Patience Feminine 136 Dhua Feminine 74 Daughter Cow Dhenu Feminine 137 Na (ar) 1. Narinda King Masculine 58 Pa (9) Pai 129 Husband Reputation Paittha 74 Pada Cloth 58 Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine Neuter Masculine Panna Wisdom 74 Patta 67 58 Paramesara Paramesari Paper God Prosperous woman Feminine 137 Parikkha Examination Feminine 74 9. Pasamsa Praise Feminine 74 10. Pahu 129 11. Pani 129 God Masculine Being Masculine Paternal Gran- Masculine dfather 12. Piamaha 58 13. Piamahi Grandmother Feminine 137 Prakrta Grammar and Composition 255

Page #279
S.No. Noun 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 1. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 1. 2. 3. 4. 256 Piu Pudhavi Putta Putti Puppha Pottala Potta Pha (pha) Pharasu Ba (a) Bandhu Bappa Bahini Bahu Balaa Bindu Bia Bha (4) Bhajja Bhatti Bhaya Bhava English Translation Father Earth Son Daughter Flower Small Bundle Grandson Axe Brother Father Sister Child Drop Seed Gender Masculine Masculine Feminine Daughter-in-law Feminine Masculine Masculine Neuter Wife Devotion Fear World Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine Neuter Neuter Masculine Masculine Feminine Feminine Neuter Masculine Page No. 129 137 58 137 67 67 58 129 129 58 137 137 58 129 67 74 136 67 58 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #280
S.No. Noun Gender Page No. English Translation 5. Bhukkha Feminine 74 Hunger Food Bhoyana Neuter 67 Ma (H) Mai Intellect Feminine 136 Maira Wine Feminine 74 Manti Minister/ Masculine 129 Secretary Death Masculine 129 Wine Neuter 67 Maccu Majja Mana Mani Mind Neuter 67 136 Marana 67 Mahila 74 10. Mahu 136 11. Maula Jewel Feminine Death Neuter Woman Feminine Honey Neuter Maternal uncle Masculine Mother's sister Feminine Mother Feminine Wind Masculine Friend Masculine Saint Masculine 12 Mausi 58 137 74 13. Maya 14. Marua 58 15. 58 Mitta Muni 16. 129 17. Meru Meru mountain Masculine 129 18. Meha Cloud Masculine 58 19. Meha Intelligence Feminine 74 Prakrta Grammar and Composition 257

Page #281
S.No. Noun 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 1. 2. 3. 258 Ra (3) Rakkhasa Rajja Rajju Ratta Ratti Rayana Ravi Rahu Raya Riu Rina Riddhi Risi Ruva La () Lakkuda Lacchi Laddhi English Translation Night Jewel Sun Rama Rahunandana Rama Demon Kingdom, State Rope Blood Monarch Enemy Debt Prosperity Saint Beauty Stick, wood Wealth Attainment Gender Masculine Neuter Feminine Neuter Feminine Masculine Masculine Masculine Masculine Masculine Masculine Neuter Feminine Masculine Neuter Neuter Feminine Feminine Page No. 58 67 137 67 136 58 129 129 58 58 129 67 136 129 67 67 137 136 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #282
S.No. Noun Gender Page No. English Translation Va (a) Vana 67 Vattha 67 Forest Neuter Cloth Neuter Material, Thing Neuter Vow Masculine Vatthu 136 Vaya 58 Vasana Addiction 67 Vau Air 129 Neuter Masculine Masculine Feminine Vayasa 58 Vaya 74 Vari Neuter 136 Crow Speech Water Aircraft Law, Rule Detachment Vimana Neuter 67 Vihi 129 Masculine Neuter Veragga 67 Restraint Masculine 58 Sa (AT) Samjama Sanjha Sacca Evening Feminine 74 Truth Neuter 67 Satti 136 Sattu 129 Saddha Strength Feminine Enemy Masculine Faith Feminine Serpent Masculine Clarified butter Neuter 74 58 Sappa Sappi 136 Prakrta Grammar and Composition 259

Page #283
S.No. | Noun Gender Page No. English Translation 137 Samani Sayambhu Woman Saint Self-made Feminine Masculine 10. 137 person 11. Saria River Feminine 74 12. Water Masculine 58 74 14. 129 Salila Sasa Sasi Sasura Sassu Sadi 15. 58 137 Sister Feminine Moon Masculine Father-in-law Masculine Mother-in-law Feminine Sari Feminine Master, owner Masculine Mistress Feminine Ocean Masculine 17. 137 18. Sami 129 137 58 Samini Sayara Sali Sasana 21 Rise Neuter 136 22. Neuter 67 Government Saint 23. Sahu Masculine 129 24. Sikkha Education Feminine 74 25. Sira Head Neuter 67 26. Sisu Child, Son Masculine 129 27. Siya 74 28. Sila Sita Feminine Moral conduct Neuter Lion Masculine 29. Siha 8 30. Sutta Thread Neuter 260 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #284
S.No. Noun Gender Page No. English Translation Daughter Feminine 74 Suya Suha Pleasure Neuter 67 Sunu Son 129 Seu Masculine Masculine Masculine 129 Senavai 129 Bridge Commander Pleasure Splendour Sokkha Neuter 67 Soha Feminine 74 Ha (5) Hanu Chin 137 Feminine Masculine Hanuvanta Hanumana 58 Hatthi Elephant Masculine 129 Himsa Violence Feminine 74 Huavaha Fire Masculine 58 Prakrta Grammar and Composition 261

Page #285
S.No. Verb 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 262 Verb-Index Verbs used in 'Prakrta Grammar and Composition' English to Prakrta To ache To agitate To anger To appear To attach B To bark To bathe To become To blame To bloom, To blossom To braid To break To break into pieces To breathe To bring up To burn To buy Appendix 2 (a) * Prakrta Verb Dukkha Chubbha Kuppa Phura, Jamma Gijjha Bukka Nha Hava, Hu, Ho Khimsa, Garaha Viasa, Phulla Gundha Tutta. Toda, Cura Khanda Ussasa Pala Jala, Daha, Daha Kina Transitive/ Intransitive Intransitive 59 Intransitive 75 Transitive 138 Intransitive 68 Intransitive 75 Intransitive Intransitive Intransitive 68,59, 11 Transitive 138 Transitive 120 Intransitive 68 Transitive Intransitive Transitive Transitive Page No. Intransitive Transitive Intransitive Transitive Transitive 59 11 138 59 120, 130 138 75 112, 132 59 138 138, 144 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #286
S.No. Verb Praksta Verb Transitivel Intransitive Page No. C 120, 132 75 144 miami woro o CES 120 138 130 138 49 To call Kokka, Pukkaral Transitive To calm down Uvasama Intransitive To carry Dhara Transitive To cheat Chala Transitive To chew Cava Transitive To colour Ranga Transitive To come Agaccha Transitive To come down Uttara Intransitive To come out Nisara Intransitive To congratulate Vaddhava Transitive To conquer Jina, Jaya Transitive To cough Khasa Intransitive To count Gana Transitive To cover Dhakka Transitive To create Raya Transitive To criticise Khimsa Transitive To cut Katta Transitive 49 10. 130 11. 138 12. 75 138, 144 13. 14. 1 120 15. 138 16. 138 17. 120 Nacca i Intransitive Intransitive Cirava 168 Transitive 130, 132 Transitive in mi tworico To dance To delay To demand To describe To desire To detach To die To dig Magga Vanna Iccha Transitive 130 130 75 Uvarama Intransitive Mara Intransitive 49 Khana Transitive 120 Prakrta Grammar and Composition 263

Page #287
S.No. Verb 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. To dirty Maila To disappear Khaya, Nassa To discover Gavesa To do Kara To drink Piba, Pia To drop, To drip Cua, Nijjhara To dry, Sukka To dry up To dupe E To eat To emanate To embarrass To emerge To end To endeavour To enthuse To exist F To faint To fall To fall down To fear To fight Prakrta Verb 264 Chala Asa, Kha, Bhunja Uppajja Lajja Jamma Khaya Ujjama, Cettha Ucchaha Ho, Hu, Vijja Muccha Pada Ludha Dara, Biha Jujjha, Joha Transitive/ Intransitive Transitive Intransitive Transitive Transitive Transitive Intransitive Intransitive Transitive Intransitive Intransitive Intransitive Intransitive Intransitive Page No. 130 59 120 130 130, 144 68, 59 59 Transitive 130 Transitive 138 Intransitive 59 Intransitive 49 Intransitive 68 Intransitive 59 Intransitive 49 Intransitive 68 Intransitive 68 Intransitive 59,68 120 49 49 59 49, 75 49, 75 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #288
S.No. Verb 6. 7. 8. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. To flounder To fly To forgive G To get To get up To give To give up To glitter To go To go round To graze To greet To grieve To grind To grow To grow old H To halt To hear To help To hide To hold To honour Prakrta Verb Tadaphada Udda Khama Pava, Kara Uttha Da Panama, Onanda Khijja, Kilisa Pisa Transitive Intransitive Transitive Choda Transitive Rucca Intransitive Gaccha, Ya, Ja, Transitive Vacca Transitive Ghuma Intransitive Cara Transitive Transitive Uga, Uppajja Jara Thambha Nisuna, Suna Uvayara Lukka Dhara, Vaha Mana Prakrta Grammar and Composition Transitive/ Intransitive Intransitive Intransitive Transitive Intransitive Transitive Intransitive Intransitive Intransitive Transitive Transitive Intransitive Transitive Transitive Page No. 49 59 138, 144 138, 158 49 130 120 49 138 138 49 112 132 130 68,75 120 59, 167 59 75, 49 130 112, 132 120 1 130 138 265

Page #289
S.No. Verb Page No. Praksta Verb Transitivel Intransitive To illuminate Transitive 138 Joa Vaddha Intransitive 68 i am w To increase To injure To invite Himsa Transitive 130 Kokka Transitive 120 To irrigate Sinca Transitive 130 mit To jump Kudda, Kulla Intransitive 68, 49 Rakkha Transitive 138 Transitive 130 inn i To keep To kill To kindle To know Hana, Mara Daha Transitive 138 Jana Transitive 112 Muna, Transitive 130 Vinna Transitive 130 Hasa Intransitive Intransitive Ucchala 49 Sikkha Transitive 138 130 i an ti wonos To laugh To leap To learn To lecture To lick To limp To listen To live Vakkhana Liha Transitive Transitive Intransitive 138 Kanja 75 Suna Transitive 112 Jiva Intransitive 266 Prakta Grammar and Composition

Page #290
S.No. Verb 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. M To make Raya To meditate Jha, Jhaa To mistake Cukka To mortify Tava To move about Dula To move away Khisa N To nurture O To obey To observe To obtain To oil To oppress P To partake of food To peel To pick To play To pray To produce Prakrta Verb Pala Pala Pala Labha Coppada Pida Jima, Jema Cholla Cina Khela, Kidda, Khedda Thuna Jana Prakrta Grammar and Composition Transitive/ Intransitive Transitive Transitive Intransitive Intransitive Intransitive Intransitive Transitive Transitive Transitive Transitive Transitive Transitive Transitive Transitive Transitive Transitive Intransitive Transitive Transitive Page No. 138 138, 144 68 68 59 75 132 132 132 138, 144 120 130 120 130 120 120 49,68 75 130 130 267

Page #291
S.No. Verb 7. 1. 1. R 1. To read 2. To rejoice 3. To remember 4. To renounce 5. To reproach 6. To reside 7. To rise 8. To roar 9. To roll about 10. To run 11. To run away 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. To protect 268 To quarrel S To salute To saw To say To search out To see To send Prakrta Verb Rakkha Kalaha Transitive/ Intransitive Transitive Intransitive Padha Transitive Ullasa, Harisa Intransitive Sumara Transitive Cua, Chadda Transitive Dhikkara Transitive Vasa Intransitive Uga Intransitive Gajja, Gunja Intransiitive Lotta Intransitive Dhava Transitive Pala Intransitive Pesa Nama, Panama, Transitive Vanda Katta Kaha, Bhana Gavesa Transitive Transitive Transitive Nirakkha, Transitive Dekkha, Peccha Transitive Page No. 112, 132, 144 49 130 49, 59 130 130, 120 138 68 59 59,68 68 138 59 130, 112 132, 138 120 130 120 138 120, 132, 130, 144 144 Transitive Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #292
S.No. Verb Praksta Verb Transitivel | Page No. Intransitive Intransitive roo a To separate To serve To shine Transitive Chutta Seva Soha, Chajja Rucca Tava 168 130 59,75 Jintransitive Intransitive 49 10. Intransitive | 68 11. To shine like flame To shout To sing To sit 12. 120 138, 130 49,75 59 13. TUTTI 14. 68. 1 138 130 16. Pukkara Transitive Gaa, Ga Transitive Accha, Uvavisa, Intransitive Cittha Intransitive Lotta, Saya Intransitive Jingha Transitive Cava, Bolla Transitive Kila Intransitive Pasara Intransitive Uga Intransitive Intransitive Kalanka Transitive Damsa Transitive Thambha Intransitive 17. 68 18. 59 19. To sleep To smell To speak To sport To spread To sprout To stay To stigmatise To sting To stop To succeed To sulk 59 20. Tha 11 21. TUTTI 120 130 75, 49 68 lintransitive Sijjha Rusa 25. Intransitive Transitive To take To taste To tear Le, Labha Cakkha Transitive 130, 138 120, 138 120 Phada Transitive Prakrta Grammar and Composition 269

Page #293
S.No. Verb Page No. Praksta Verb Transitivel Intransitive Transitive To thieve To think Corava Cinta word o Transitive Transitive 130 130 130, 144 49 To tie Bandha Thakka Intransitive To tire To thresh To throw Kutta Transitive 120 10. Transitive 138 11. To thunder Khiva Gajja Chuva Intransitive 59 m 12. To touch Transitive 120 13. To tremble Intransitive 49 14. Kampa Nijjhara Ludha VO Intransitive Intransitive 15 To trickle To tumble down To turn 16. Vala Intransitive 120 mi aj mi To uncover Ugghada To understand Jana, Bujjha To uproot Uppada Transitive Transitive Transitive 112, 138 120 V To vanish Gala, Khaya Intransitive 59.75 1,68 wia Jagga, Jagara Rama Intransitive Intransitive 68 w To wake up To wander happily To wash To weave together strips Transitive 120 Dhoa Gundha Transitive 138 270 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #294
S.No. Verb 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 1. To weep To Welcome To whine To win To withhold To worry To worship To write Y To Yawn Prakrta Verb Kanda, Ruva Onanda Gadayada Jina, Jaya Rokka Cinta Acca Liha Jambha Prakrta Grammar and Composition Transitive/ Intransitive Intransitive 59,49 Transitive 130 Intransitive 75 Transitive 138 Transitive 120 Transitive 130 Transitive 120, 132 Transitive 130 Intransitive Page No. 75 271

Page #295
Appendix - 2 (b) Verb-Index Verbs used in 'Praksta Grammar and Composition' Praksta to English Page No. S.No. Prakyta Verb English Translation Transitivel Intransitive A (31) Acca Transitive 120 wa mji Accha To worship To sit To eat Intransitive 49 Asa Transitive 130 A (371) Agaccha - To come Transitive 138 1 (5) Iccha To desire Transitive 130 U(3) Uga 120 Ugghada Ucchala 49 Ucchaha To rise, To grow, Intransitive To sprout To uncover Transitive To leap Intransitive To enthuse Intransitive To endeavour Intransitive To get up Intransitive To fly Intransitive To come down Intransitive 68 - w noworo 49 Ujjama Uttha Udda Uttara 59 49 272 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #296
S.No. Praksta Verb Page No. English Translation Transitivel Intransitive 59 Intransitive Transitive 10. 120 Uppajja Uppada Ullasa Uvayara Intransitive 49 To emanate To uproot To rejoice To help To detach To sit 12. Transitive 120 13. Uvarama Intransitive 75 75 14. Uvavisa intransitive 15. Uvasama To calm down Intransitive 75 16. Ussasa To breathe Intransitive O (39) Onanda 1. Transitive 130 To welcome, To greet Ka (7) Intransitive Kanda Kampa 59 49 Intransitive Katta Transitive 120 Kara Transitive 130 Kalanka Transitive 120 wam w or cooo Kalaha Intransitive To weep To tremble To cut, To saw To do To stigmatise To quarrel To say To play To grieve To buy To sport To thresh 49 130 Kaha Transitive Kidda 49,68 Kilisa 75 Intransitive Intransitive Transitive Intransitive Transitive Kina Kila Kutta 138 68 12. 120 Prakrta Grammar and Composition 273

Page #297
S.No. Prakrta Verb 13. 14. 15. 16. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 1. 2. 274 Kudda Kuppa Kulla Kokka Kha () Khanja Khanda Khana Khama Khaya Kha Khasa Khimsa Khijja Khiva Khisa Khedda Khela Ga (T) Gaccha Gajja English Transitive/ Translation Intransitive To jump Intransitive 68 To anger Transitive 138 To jump Intransitive 49 To invite, To call Transitive 120 To limp To break into pieces To dig To forgive To end, To disappear, To vanish To eat To cough To criticise, To blame To grieve To throw Intransitive Transitive To go To roar, To thunder Transitive Transitive Intransitive Transitive Intransitive Transitive Intransitive Transitive To move away Intransitive To play Intransitive To play Intransitive Transitive Intransitive Page No. 75 138 120 138 59 75 75 130 75 138 68 138 75 75 49 138 59 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #298
S.No. Prakrta Verb 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 1. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Gadayada Gana Garaha Gala Gavesa Ga Gaa Gijjha Gunja Gundha Gha (a) Ghuma Ca () Cakkha Cara Cava Cava Cinta Cittha Cina English Translation To whine Intransitive To count Transitive To blame Transitive To vanish Intransitive To search out, Transitive To discover To sing To sing To attach To roar To braid, To weave together strips To go round To taste To graze To speak To chew To worry, To think To sit To pick Prakrta Grammar and Composition Transitive/ Intransitive Transitive Transitive Intransitive Intransitive Transitive Intransitive Transitive Transitive Transitive Transitive Transitive Intransitive Transitive Page No. 75 138 120 59 120 130 138 75 68 138 49 120, 138 112 130 138 130 59 120 275

Page #299
S.No. Praksta Verb English Translation Transitivel Intransitive Page No. Cirava Cua 10. Cua 68 68 130, 138 68 130 68 11. To delay Intransitive To drop Intransitive To renounce Transitive To mistake Intransitive To break Transitive To endeavour intransitive To oil Transitive To thieve Transitive Cukka 12. Cura 13. 14. Cettha Coppada Corava 120 15. 130 To shine Intransitive 75 Cha (53) Chajja Chadda Chala To renounce Transitive 120 To cheat, Transitive 120 Chutta Intransitive 68 Chubbha Intransitive To dupe To separate To agitate To touch To give up To peel Transitive Chuva Choda Cholla 75 120 120 Transitive Transitive 120 Ja (5) Jambha Intransitive 75 To yawn To wake up To produce Jagga Jana Intransitive Transitive 130 Jamma Intransitive 68 To emerge, To appear Jaya To win, Transitive 138 To conquer 276 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #300
Prakrta Verb Page No. English Translation Transitivel Intransitive Jara 59 Jala 59 Ja Intransitive Intransitive Transitive Intransitive Transitive 138 68 Jagara Jana 0 112 amell Transitive 138 Jingha Jina 12. 1 Transitive 138 To grow old To burn To go To wake up To know, To understand To smell To win, To conquer To partake of food To live To fight To partake of food To illuminate To fight 13. 1 Jima Transitive 120 14. Jiva Intransitive 11 15. Intransitive 49 Jujjha Jema 16. 130 Transitive 138 Joa Joha 18. Intransitive 75 Jha (9) Jha Transitive 138 To meditate To meditate Jhaa Transitive 144 Tha (8) Tha To stay Intransitive 11 Da (7) Damsa Transitive 130 To sting To fear Dara Intransitive | 49 Prakrta Grammar and Composition 277

Page #301
S.No. Page No. Prakrta Verb English Translation Transitivel Intransitive | 138 Daha Dula To burn Transitive To move about Intransitive 59 Dha () Dhakka 1. To cover Transitive 120 Na (UT) Nacca Nama To dance To salute To disappear To drop, To drip, To trickle Intransitive Transitive Intransitive Nassa Nijjhara 130 59 59 Intransitive Transitive 138 Nirakkha Nisuna Transitive 130 tam worria o + To see To hear To come out To bathe Nisara 49 Intransitive Intransitive Nha 11 Ta (a) To flounder Intransitive 49 Tadaphada Tava Intransitive | 68 To shine like flame, To mortify To break Tutta Intransitive 59 Toda To break Transitive 120 Tha (1) Thambha Intransitive 49.75 To stop, To halt 278 Prakyta Grammar and Composition

Page #302
S.No. Praketa Verb English Translation Transitivel Intransitive Page No. Thakka Intransitive 49 To tire To pray Thuna Transitive 130 Da (c) Daha Transitive 138 To burn, To kindle Da Transitive i no ti To give To ache 130 59 Dukkha Intransitive Dekkha To see Transitive 120 Dha (ET) Dhara To hold, Transitive 130 Transitive 144 Dhava Transitive 138 i rist To carry To run To wash To reproach Dhoa Transitive 120 Dhikkara Transitive 138 Pa (T) Pada Intransitive 49 130 Padha Transitive Panama To fall To read To salute, To greet To run away To spread Transitive Transitive 112 132 inni wo Pala Intransitive 59 Pasara Intransitive 59 Pala To bring up, 112 Transitive Transitive Transitive To nurture, To observe, To obey 132 132 Transitive 132 Praksta Grammar and Composition 279

Page #303
S.No. Prakyta Verb English Translation Transitivel Intransitive Page No. Pava Transitive 138 Pia, Piba Transitive 130 Transitive 130 10 Pida Pisa Pukkara Transitive 120 To get To drink To oppress To grind To shout, To call To see To send 11. Transitive 120 Transitive 130 Peccha Pesa 13. Transitive 144 Pha (6) Phada To tear Transitive 120 Phura 68 To appear To bloom Intransitive Intransitive Phulla 68 mi amian w Ba (a) Bandha To tie Transitive | 130, 144 Biha 75 Bukka 59 To fear Intransitive To bark Intransitive To understand Transitive To speak Transitive Bujjha 138 Bolla 130 Bha (1) Bhana Bhuna Transitive 130 To say To eat Transitive 138 280 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #304
S.No. Prakrta Verb 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 1. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Ma (H) Maila Magga Mara Mana Mara Muccha Muna X Ya (ya) Ya Ra (3) Ranga Rakkha Rakkha Rama Raya Rucca Ruva Rusa Rokka English Transitive/ Translation Intransitive To dirty To demand To die To honour To kill To faint To know To go To colour To keep To protect To wander happily To make, To create To shine, To glitter To weep To sulk To withhold Prakrta Grammar and Composition Transitive Transitive Intransitive Transitive Transitive Intransitive Transitive Transitive Transitive Transitive Transitive Intransitive Transitive Intransitive Intransitive Intransitive Intransitive Transitive Page No. 130 130 49 138 130 49 130, 138 138 130 138 112, 144 68 138 49 49 49 1 120 281

Page #305
S.No. Prakrta Verb 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 282 La (~) Lajja Labha Liha Liha Lukka Ludha Le Lotta Va (a) Vanda Vakkhana Vacca Vaddha Vanna Vaddhava Vala Vasa Vaha Viasa English Translation To embarrass To obtain, To take To write To lick To hide To fall down, To tumble down To take To sleep, To roll about Transitive/ Intransitive Intransitive 49 Transitive 138 Transitive 138 Transitive 130 Transitive 138 Intransitive 1 Intransitive 59 Transitive Intransitive To salute Transitive To lecture Transitive To go Transitive To increase Intransitive To describe Transitive To congratulate Transitive To turn Intransitive To reside Intransitive To hold Transitive To bloom, Intransitive To blossom Page No. 130 68 138 130 138 68 130 130 59 68 130 68 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #306
S.No. Prakrta Verb 11. 12. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Vijja Vinna Sa (sa) Saya Sinca Sikkha Sijjha Sukkha Suna Sumara Seva Soha Ha (3) Hana Harisa Hava Hasa Himsa Hu Ho English Translation To exist To know To sleep To irrigate To learn To succeed To dry up, To dry To hear, To listen To remember To serve To shine To kill To rejoice To become To laugh To injure To become, To exist To become, To exist Prakrta Grammar and Composition Transitive/ Intransitive Intransitive Transitive Intransitive Transitive Transitive Intransitive Intransitive Transitive Transitive Transitive Transitive Intransitive Transitive Intransitive Intransitive Intransitive Transitive Intransitive Intransitive Page No. 68 130 1 130 138 68 59 112 112 130 130 59 130 59 68 1 130 59 11,59 283

Page #307
Reference Books 1. Abhinava Praksta Vyakarana : Dr. Nemichand Sastri (Tara Pablikesana, Varanasi) 2. Apabhramsa of Hemacandra : Dr. Kantilala Baladevarama Vyasa (Praksta Text Society) 3. Apabhraisa-Hindi Kosa, : Dr. Naresa Kumara Bhaga 1-2 (Indo-Vijana Pra. Lt.) II A, 220, Nehru Nagar, Gajiyabada) 4. Hemacandra Apabhramhsa Vyakarana : Dr. Kamalchand Sogani Sutra Vivecana (Jainavidya Ke Muni (Jainavidya Samsathana, Nayanandi Va Kanakamara Digambara Jaina Atisaya Visesanka Sarkhya 7, 8 Ksetra Sri Mahaviraji, Rajasthan) 5. Hemacandra Prakrta Vyakarana : Vyakhyata Sri Pyara Candaji Bhaga 1-2 Maharaja (Sri Jaina Divakara Divya Jyoti Karyalaya, Mevadi Bajara, Byavara) 6. Pala-Sadda-Mahannavo : Pam. Haragovindadasa Trikamacanda Setha Prakyta Grantha Parisad, Varanasi) 7. Praksta Bhasaorh Ka Vyakarana : Dr. R. Pischel (Bihara Rastrabhasa Parisad, Patana) 8. Praksta Margopadesika : Pam. Becaradas Jivaraja Dosi (Motilala Banarasidasa, Delhi) 284 Prakrta Grammar and Composition

Page #308
9. Praudha Apabhramsa Racana : Dr. Kamal Chand Sogani Saurabha (Apabhramsa Sahitya Academy, Digambara Jaina Atisaya Ksetra Sri Mahaviraji, Rajasthan) 10. Praudha Prakrta Racana : Dr. Kamal Chand Sogani Saurabha (Apabhramsa Sahitya Academy, Digambara Jaina Atisaya Ksetra Sri Mahaviraji, Rajasthan) 11. Praudha Racananuvada Kaumudi : Dr. Kapiladeva Dvivedi (Visvavidyalaya, Prakasana, Varanasi) Praksta Grammar and Composition 285

Page #309

Page #310